Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

443
1 1 CONTENTS A Definitions 8 A1 Important Properties of Engineering Materials 8 A2 Simple Stresses and Strains 9 A3 General Definitions 10 B Conversion Tables 26 B1 Introduction 26 B2 List of Units and Abbreviations 26 B3 Conversion factors Grouped by Category 28 B4 Miscellaneous Data 33 C Section Shear Center 34 C1 Location of Shear Center – Open Section 35 C2 Shear Center – Curved Web 36 C3 Shear Center Beam with Constant Shear Flow Between Booms 38 C4 Shear Center – Single Cell Closed Section 39 C5 Shear Center – Single Cell Closed Section with Booms 40 C6 Shear Center for Standard Section (Tables) 41 D Warping Constant 46 D1 Warping Constant – Typical Sections (Tables) 48 E Mechanical Properties 53 E1 DATA Basis 53 E2 Stress Strain Data 54 E3 Definitions of Terms 54 E4 Temperature Effects 57 E5 Fatigue Properties 57 E6 Generalised Stress - Strain Equation 59 E6.1 Problems 61

Transcript of Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

Page 1: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

1

1

CONTENTS

A Definitions 8

A1 Important Properties of Engineering Materials 8

A2 Simple Stresses and Strains 9

A3 General Definitions 10

B Conversion Tables 26

B1 Introduction 26

B2 List of Units and Abbreviations 26

B3 Conversion factors Grouped by Category 28

B4 Miscellaneous Data 33

C Section Shear Center 34

C1 Location of Shear Center – Open Section 35

C2 Shear Center – Curved Web 36

C3 Shear Center Beam with Constant Shear Flow Between Booms 38

C4 Shear Center – Single Cell Closed Section 39

C5 Shear Center – Single Cell Closed Section with Booms 40

C6 Shear Center for Standard Section (Tables) 41

D Warping Constant 46

D1 Warping Constant – Typical Sections (Tables) 48

E Mechanical Properties 53

E1 DATA Basis 53

E2 Stress Strain Data 54

E3 Definitions of Terms 54

E4 Temperature Effects 57

E5 Fatigue Properties 57

E6 Generalised Stress - Strain Equation 59

E6.1 Problems 61

spaterspater

Page 2: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

2

2

1 Prismatic Bar In Tension 63

1.1 Limit Stress Analysis 63

1.2 Ultimate Stress Analysis 63

1.3 Problem 64

2. Prismatic Bar In Compression 65

2.1 Compression Stress Analysis 65

2.1.2 Problem 65

2.2 Euler Buckling 67

2.3 For Other Buckling Cases 67

2.3.1 Buckling For Eccentric Loading 67

2.3.2 Beam-Column 68

2.3.2.1 Notations And Conventions 68

2.3.2.2 Terms Used 69

2.3.2.3 Calculation Of Bending Moment 69

2.3.2.4 Allowable Stress 74

2.3.3 Local Buckling (Thin Walled Structures) 75

2.3.3.1 Flanges 75

2.3.3.2 Thin Webs 75

2.3.3.3 Plates And Shells 76

2.3.3.4 Analysis Of Thin Walled Structures 80

2.4 Problems 80

2.4.1 Problem For Euler Buckling 80

2.4.2 Problem For Beam – Column 83

2.4.3 Problem For Local Buckling 86

2.4.3.1 Problem For Combined Bending And Shear 87

spaterspater

Page 3: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

3

3

3 Lug Analysis 88

3.1 Failure In Tension 88

3.2 Failure By Shear Tear Out 89

3.3 Failure By Bearing 90

3.4 Lug Strength Analysis Under Transverse Loading 90

3.5 Lug Strength Analysis Under Oblique Loading 91

3.6 Lug Analysis (Avro Method) 92

3.7 Problems 93

4. Member In Bending 97

4.1 Introduction To Bending 98

4.2 Stress Analysis Of Beam 100

4.3 Bending Stresses 101

4.3.1 Limit Stress Analysis 101

4.3.2 Ultimate Stress Analysis 101

4.3.3 Rectangular Moment Of Inertia and Product of Inertia 102

4.3.4 Parallel Axis Theorem 103

4.4 Elastic Bending Of Homogeneous Beams 114

4.5 Elastic Bending Of Non Homogeneous Beams 128

4.6 Inelastic Bending of Homogeneous Beams 133

4.7 Elastic Bending Of Curved Beams 146

4.8 Miscellaneous Problems 148

4.8.1 Bending Stress In Symmetrical Section 151

4.8.2 Bending Stress In Unsymmetrical Section 153

4.8.3 Beams Of Uniform Strength 159

4.8.4 Beams Of Composite Section 160

4.8.5 Bending Of Unsymmetrical Section About Principal Axis 163

4.8.6 Bending Of Unsymmetrical Section About Arbitrary Axis 164

spaterspater

Page 4: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

4

4

5 Member In Torsion 172

5.1 Torsion of Circular Bars 173

5.1.1 Elastic and Homogeneous 176

5.1.2 Elastic and Non-homogeneous 178

5.1.3 Inelastic and Homogeneous 180

5.1.4 Inelastic and Non-homogeneous 182

5.1.5 Residual Stress Distribution 184

5.1.6 Power Transmission 185

5.2 Torsion of Non-Circular Bars 189

5.3 Elastic Membrane Analogy 190

5.4 Torsion of Thin-Wall Open Sections 194

5.5 Torsion of Solid Non-Circular Shapes 198

5.6 Torsion of Thin-Wall Closed Sections 202

5.7 Torsion-Shear Flow Relations in Multiple-Cell Closed Sections 208

5.8 Shear Stress Distribution and Angle of Twist for Two-Cell Thin-Wall Closed Section 209

5.9 Shear Stress Distribution and θ for Multiple-Cell Thin-Wall Closed Section 214

5.10 Torsion of Stiffened Thin-Wall Closed Sections 215

5.11 Effect of End Restraint 217

5.12 Miscellaneous problems 222

5.12.1 Problem For Torsion On Circular Section 222

5.12.2 Problem For Torsion In Non Circular Section 225

5.12.3 Problem For Torsion In Open Section Composed Of Thin Plates 226

5.12.4 Problem For Torsion On Thin Walled Closed Section 228

5.12.5 Problem For Torsion In Thin Walled Unsymmetrical Section 233

6 Transverse Shear Loading Of Beams With Solid Or Open Sections 236

6.1 Introduction 237

6.2 Shear Center 238

6.3 Flexural Shear Stress And Shear Flow 239

6.4 Shear Flow Analysis For Symmetric Beams 261

spaterspater

Page 5: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

5

5

6.5 Shear Flow Analysis For Unsymmetric Beams 286

6.6 Analysis Of Beams With Constant Shear-Flow Webs (I.E., Skin-Stringer Type Sections) 298

7. Transverse Shear loading Of Beams With Closed C.S 310

7.1 Single-Cell Unstiffened Box Beam: Symmetrical About One Axis 311

7.2 Statically Determinate Box Beams With Constant-Shear-Flow Webs 325

7.3 Single-Cell Multiple-Flange Box Beams. Symmetric And Unsymmetric Cross Sections 331

7.4 Multiple-Cell Multiple-Flange Box Beams. Symmetric And Unsymmetric Cross Sections 338

7.5 The Determination Of The Flexural Shear Flow Distribution By

Considering The Changes In Flange Loads (The Delta P Method) 346

7.6 Shear Flow In Tapered Sheet Panels 357

8. Combined Transverse Shear, Bending, And Torsion Loading 360

9 Internal Pressure 360

9.1 Membrane Equations Of Equilibrium 360

9.2 Special Problems In Pressurized Cabin Stress Analysis 368

10 Analysis Of Joints 373

10.1 Analysis Of Riveted Joints 373

10.1.1 Shear Failure Of Rivets 375

10.1.2 Tensile Failure Of Plate Along Rivet Line 375

10.1.2.1 Single Row And Rivets Having Uniform Diameter And Equal Pitch375

10.1.2.2 More Than One Row And Rivets With Equal Spacing 376

10.1.2.3 Rivet Line With Varying Number Of Rivets 377

10.1.2.4 Rivets Of Varying Diameter, Sheet Thickness And Pitch Distance 378

10.1.3 Failure By Double Shear Of Plate 378

10.1.4 Rivets Subjected To Tensile Loads 379

10.1.5 Rivets Subjected To Eccentric Loads 380

10.1.6 Inter Rivet Buckling 381

10.1.7 Calculation Of Fir Using ESDU Data Sheets 382

spaterspater

Page 6: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

6

6

10.1.8 Problems 382

10.2 Analysis Of Bolted Joints 397

10.2.1 Failure By Bolt Shear 397

10.2.2 Failure By Bolt Bending 398

10.3 Analysis Of Welded Joints 399

10.3.1 Shear Failure In Weld 399

10.3.2 Tensile Failure Of Weld 400

11 Combined Stress Theories For Yield And Ultimate Failure 401

11.1 Determination Of Yield Strength Of Structural Member 401

11.1.1 Maximum Shearing Stress Theory 401

11.1.2 Maximum Energy Of Distortion Theory 402

11.1.3 Maximum Strain Energy Theory 402

11.1.4 Octahedral Shear Stress Theory 403

11.2 Determination Of Ultimate Strength Of A Structural Member 404

11.2.1 Maximum Principal Stress Theory 404

11.3 Problem 404

12 Cutouts In Plane Panels 409

12.1 Framing Members Around The Cutouts 409

12.2 Framing Cutouts With Doublers And Bends 412

12.3 Ring Or Donut Doublers For Round Holes 414

12.4 Webs With Lightning Holes Having Flanges 416

12.5 Structures With Non Circular And Non Rectangular Cutouts 417

12.6 Cutouts In Fuselage 418

12.6.1 Load Distribution Due To Fuselage Skin Shear 419

12.6.2 Load Distribution Due To Fuselage Bending 421

12.6.3 Load Distribution Due To Fuselage Cabin Pressurization 422

12.6.3.1 Panels Above And Below The Cutout 423

12.6.3.2 Panels At Sides Of The Cutout 424

12.6.3.3 Corner Panels Of The Cutout 424

spaterspater

Page 7: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

7

7

12.7 Problem 425

13 Tension Clips 430

13.1 Single Angle 433

13.2 Double Angle 433

13.3 Problem 435

14 Pre - Tensioned Bolts 438

14.1 Optimum Preload 439

14.2 Total Bolt Load 440

14.2.1 Mating Surfaces Not In Initial Contact 440

14.2.2 Mating Surfaces In Initial Contact 440

14.3 Preload For A Given Wrench Torque 441

14.4 Bolt Strength Requirements 441

14.5 Ultimate Stress Analysis 442

spaterspater

Page 8: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

8

8

A. DEFINITIONS:

A1. Import Properties of Engineering Material:

Its necessary to know from engineering point of view the following import

properties of solids.

a. Elasticity: It is property by virtue of which the body regains its original shape and

size after the removal of the external force acting on the body.

b. Isotropic Material: It is the material, which is equally elastic in all directions.

c. Ductility: It is the property of the material by virtue of which it can be drawn out

into wires of smaller dimension e.g., copper, Aluminium.

d. Plasticity: It is the property of the material wherein the strain does not disappear

even after the load or stress is not acting on the material. The material becomes

plastic in nature and behaves like a viscous liquid under the influence of large

forces.

e. Malleability: It is the property possessed by the material enabling the material to

extend uniformly in a direction without rupture. As such the material can be hot

rolled, forged or drop stamped. A malleable material is highly plastic.

f. Brittleness: A material is said to be brittle when it cannot be drawn out into thon

wires. This due to lack of ductility and the material breaks into pieces under

loading.

g. Toughness: It is property of the material due to which it is capable of absorbing

energy without fracture.

h. Hardness: It is the property of the material by virtue of which the is capable of

resisting abrasion or indentation.

spaterspater

Page 9: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

9

9

A2. Simple Stresses and Strains.

Allowable Stress (Working Stress):

If a member is so designed that the maximum stress as calculated for the expected

condition of service is less than some certain value, the member will have a proper margin of

security against damage or failure. This certain value is the allowable stress of the kind and for

the material and condition of service in question. The allowable stress is less than the damaging

stress because of uncertainty as to the conditions of service, non uniformity of material, and

inaccuracy of stress analysis. The margin between the allowable stress and the damaging stress

may be reduced in proportion to the certainty with which the condition of service are known, the

intrinsic reliability of material, the accuracy with which the stress produced by the loading can

be calculated and the degree to which failure is unaffected by danger or loss. (Compare

Damaging stress, Factor of Safety; Factor of utilization; Margin of safety)

Apparent Elastic Limit:

The stress at which the rate of change of strain with respect to stress is 50 percent

greater than at zero stress. It is more definitely determine from the stress strain diagram than is

the proportional limit, and is useful for comparing material s of the same general class(Compare

Elastic limit, Proportional limit, Yield point; Yield strength).

Apparent Stress:

The stress corresponding to a given unit strain on the assumption of uniaxial

elastic stress is called apparent stress. It is calculated by multiplying the unit strain by the

modulus of elasticity and may differ from the true stress because the effect of transverse stresses

is not taken into account.

spaterspater

Page 10: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

10

10

A3. General Definitions:

Bending Moment:

The bending moment at any section of the beam is the moment of all forces that

act on the beam to the left of that section, taken about the horizontal axis of the section. The

bending moment is positive when clockwise and negative when counter clock wise; a positive

bending moment therefore bends it so that it is concave downward. The moment equation is an

expression for the bending moment at any section in terms of x, the distance to that section

measured from a chosen origin, usually taken at the left end of the beam.

Boundary Conditions:

As used in strength of materials, the term usually refers to the condition of stress,

displacement, or slope at the ends or edges of a member, where these conditions are apparent

from the circumstances of the problem. Thus for a beam with fixed ends the zero slope at each

end is a boundary condition are apparent from the circumstances of the problem. Thus for beam

with fixed ends, the zero slope at each is a boundary condition: for a pierced circular plate with

freely supported edges, the zero radial stress at each edge is a boundary condition.

Brittle Fracture:

The tensile failure with negligible plastic deformation of an ordinarily ductile

metal is called brittle fracture.

Bulk Modulus of Elasticity:

The ratio of a tensile or compressive stress, triaxial and equal in all direction(e.g.,

hydrostatic pressure), to the relative change it produces in volume.

Central Axis (Centroidal Axis):

A central axis of an area is one that passes through the centroid; it is understood

to lie in the plane of the area unless contrary is stated. When taken normal to the plane of the

area, it is called the central polar axis.

spaterspater

Page 11: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

11

11

Centroid of an Area:

That point in the plane of the area about any axis through which the moment of

the area is zero; it coincides with the center of gravity of the area materialized as an infinitely

thin homogenous and uniform plate.

Corrosion Fatigue:

Fatigue aggravated by corrosion , as in parts repeatedly stressed while exposed to

salt water.

Creep:

Continuous increase in deformation under constant or decreasing stress. The term

is ordinarily used with reference to the behaviour of metals under tension at elevated

temperatures. The similar yielding of a material under compressive stress is usually called plastic

flow, or flow. Creep at atmospheric temperature due to sustained elastic stress is sometimes

called drift, or elastic drift. Another manifestation creep, the diminution in stress when

deformation is maintained constant, is called relaxation.

Damaging Stress:

The least unit stress of a given kind and for a given material and condition of

service that will render a member unfit for service before the end of its normal life. It may do

this by producing excessive set, by causing creep to occur at an excessive rate, or by causing

fatigue cracking, excessive strain hardening, or rupture..

Damping Capacity:

The amount of work dissipated into heat per unit of strain energy present at

maximum strain for a complete cycle.

spaterspater

Page 12: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

12

12

Deformation (Strain):

Change in the form or dimensions of a body produced by stress. Elongation is

often used for tensile strain, compression or shortening for compressive strain, and detrusion for

shear strain. Elastic deformation is such deformation as disappears on removal of stress;

permanent deformation is such deformation as disappears on remains on removal of stress.

Eccentricity:

A load or component of a load normal to a given cross section of a member is

eccentric with respect to that section if it does not act through the centroid The perpendicular

distance from the line of action of the load to either principal central axis is the eccentricity with

respect to that axis.

Elastic:

Capable of sustaining stress without permanent deformation; the term is also used

to denote conformity to the law of stress strain proportionality. An elastic stress or strain within

the elastic limit.

Elastic Axis:

The elastic axis of a beam is the line, lengthwise of the beam, along which

transverse loads must be applied in order to produce bending only, with no torsion of the beam at

any section. Strictly speaking, no such line exists except for a few conditions of loading. Usually

the elastic axis is assumed to be the line that passes through the elastic center of every section.

The term is most often used with reference to an airplane wing of either the shell or multiple-

spar type (Compare Torsional center; Flexural center; Elastic center).

Elastic Center:

The elastic center of given section of a beam is that point in the plane of the

section lying midway between the flexural center and center of twist of that section. The three

points may be identical and are usually assumed to be so. (Compare Flexural center; Torsional

center; Elastic axis).

spaterspater

Page 13: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

13

13

Elastic Curve:

The curve assumed by the axis of a normally straight beam or column when bent

by loads that do not stress it beyond the proportional limit.

Elastic Limit:

The least stress that will cause permanent set (Compare Proportional limit;

Apparent elastic limit; Yield point; Yield strength).

Elastic Ratio:

The ratio of the elastic limit to the ultimate strength

Ellipsoid of Strain:

An ellipsoid that represent the state of strain at any given point in a body; it has

the form assumed under stress by a sphere centered at that point.

Ellipsoid of Stress:.

An ellipsoid that represents the state of stress at a given point in a body; its semi

axes are vectors representing the principal stresses at that point, and any radius vector represents

the resultant stress on a particular plane through the point. For a condition of plane stress (one

principal stress zero) the ellipsoid becomes the ellipse becomes the ellipse of stress.

Endurance Limit(Fatigue strength):

The maximum stress that can be reversed an indefinitely large number of times

without producing fracture of a material.

Endurance Ratio:

Ratio of the endurance limit to the ultimate static tensile strength is called

endurance ratio.

spaterspater

Page 14: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

14

14

Endurance Strength:

The highest stress that a material can withstand with repeated application or

reversal without rupture for a given number of cycles is the endurance strength of that material

for that number of cycles. Unless otherwise specified, reversed stressing is usually implied

(Compare Endurance Limit)

Energy of Rupture:

The work done per unit volume in producing fracture is the energy of rupture. It

is not practical to establish a definite energy of rupture value for a given material because the

result obtained depends upon the form and proportion of the test specimen and manner of

loading. As determined by similar tests specimen, the energy of rupture affords a criterion for

comparing the toughness of different materials.

Equivalent Bending Moment:

A bending moment that, acting alone, would produce in a circular shaft a normal

(tensile or compressive) stress of the same magnitude as a maximum normal stress produced by

a given bending moment and a given twisting moment acting simultaneously.

Equivalent Twisting Moment:

A twisting moment that, acting alone would produce in a circular shaft a shear

stress of the same magnitude as the shear produced by a given twisting and a given bending

moment acting simultaneously.

Factory of Safety:

The ratio of the load that would cause failure of a member or structure to the load

that is imposed upon it in service. The term usually has this meaning; it may also be used to

represent the ratio of breaking to service value of speed, deflection, temperature variation, or

other stress producing factor against possible increase in which the factor of safety is provide as

a safeguard (Compare Allowable stress; Margin of safety).

spaterspater

Page 15: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

15

15

Factor of Strain:

In the presence of stress raisers, localized peak strains are developed. The factor

of strain concentration is the ratio of the localized maximum strain at a given cross section to the

nominal average strain on that cross section. The nominal average strain behaviour of the

material. In a situation where all stresses and strains are elastic, the factors of stress

concentration and strain concentration are equal (Compare Factor of stress concentration).

Factor of Stress Concentration:

Irregularities of form such as holes, screw threads notches, and sharp shoulders,

when present in a beam, shaft, or other member subject to loading may produce high localized

stresses. This phenomenon is called stress concentration, and the form irregularities that causes it

are called stress raisers. The ratio of the true maximum stress to the stress calculated by the

ordinary formulas of mechanics (flexural formula, torsion formula etc.), using the net section but

ignoring the changed distribution of stresses is the factor of stress concentration for the

particulars type of stress raiser.

Factor of Stress Concentration in Fatigue:

At a specified number of loading cycles, the fatigue strength of a given geometry

depends upon the stress concentration factor and upon material properties. The factor of stress

concentration in fatigue is the ratio of the fatigue strength without a stress concentration. It may

vary with the specified number of cycles as well as with material

Factor of Utilization:

The ratio of the allowable stress to the ultimate strength. For cases in which stress

is proportional to load, the factor of utilization is the reciprocal to the factor of safety.

Fatigue:

Tendency of material to fracture under many repetitions of a stress considerably

less than the ultimate static strength.

spaterspater

Page 16: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

16

16

Fibre Stress:

A term used for convenience to denote the longitudinal tensile or compressive

stress in a beam or other member subject to bending. It is sometimes used to denote this stress at

the point or points most remote from the neutral axis, but the term stress in extreme fibre is

preferable for this purpose. Also, for convenience, the longitudinal elements of filaments of

which a beam may be imagined as composed are called fibres.

Fixed (Clamped, built-in, encastre):

A conditioned of support at the ends of a beam or column or at the edges of a

plate or shell that prevents rotation and transverse displacements of the edge of the neutral

surface but permits longitudinal displacements.

Flexural Center (Shear Center):

With reference to a beam, the flexural center of any section is that point in the

plane of the section through which a transverse load, applied at that section, must act if bending

deflection only is to be produced with no twist of the section (Compare Torsional center; Elastic

center; Elastic axis).

Form Factor:

The terms pertains to a beam section of a given shape and means the ratio of the

modulus of rupture of a beam having a section adopted as standard. The standard section is

usually taken as rectangular or square; for wood it is a 2 by 2 in square, with edges horizontal

and vertical. The term is also used to mean, for a given maximum fiber stress within the elastic

limit, the ratio of the actual resisting moment of a wide-flanged beam to the resisting moment the

beam would develop if the fiber stress were uniformly distributed across the entire width of the

flanges. So used, the term expresses the strength –reducing effect of shear lag.

Fretting Fatigue:

Fatigue aggravated by surface rubbing, as in shaft with press fitted collars.

spaterspater

Page 17: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

17

17

Guided:

A condition of support at the ends of a beam or column or at the edge of a plate or

shell that prevents rotation of the edge of the neutral surface but permits longitudinal and

transverse displacement (Compare Fixed; Guided; Supported).

Held:

A condition of support at the ends of a beam or columns or at the edge of a plate

or shell that prevents longitudinal and transverse displacement of the edge of the neutral surface

but permits rotation in the plane of bending (Compared Fixed; Guided Supported).

Influence Line:

Usually pertaining to a particular section of a beam, influence line is a curve

drawn; so that its ordinate at any point represent the value of the reaction; vertical shear, bending

moment, or deflection produced at the particular section by a unit load applied at the point where

the ordinate is measured. An influence line may be used to show the effect of load position on

any quantity dependent thereon, such as the stress in a given truss member, the deflection of a

truss, or the twisting moment in a shaft.

Isoclinic:

A line (in a stressed body) at all points on which the corresponding principal

stresses have the same directions.

Isotropic:

Having the same properties in all properties in all direction. In discussions

pertaining to strengths of materials, isotropic usually means having the same strength and elastic

properties (modulus of elasticity, modulus of rigidity, and poisson’s ratio) in all directions.

Korn (Kornal):

The korn is that area in the plane of the section through which the line of action of

a force must pass if that force is to produce, at all points in the given section, the same kind of

normal stress, i.e., tension throughout or compression throughout

spaterspater

Page 18: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

18

18

Margin of safety:

As used in aeronautical design, margin of safety is the percentage by which the

ultimate strength of a member exceeds the design load. The design load is the applied load, or

maximum probable load, multiplied by a specified factor of safety. [The use of the term margin

of safety and design load in this sense is practically restricted to aeronautical engineering]

Mechanical Hysteresis:

The dissipation of energy as heat during a stress cycle, which is revealed

graphically by failure of the descending and ascending branches of the stress-strain diagram to

coincide.

Modulus of Elasticity (Young’s Modulus):

The rate of change of unit tensile or compressive stress with respect to unit tensile

or compressive strain for the condition of uniaxial stress within the proportional limit. For most,

but not all, materials, the modulus of elasticity is the same for tension and compression. For non-

isotropic material such as wood, it is necessary distinguish between the moduli of elasticity in

different directions.

Modulus of Resilience:

The strain energy per unit volume absorbed up to the elastic limit under the

condition of uniform uniaxial stress.

Modulus of Rigidity (Modulus of Elasticity in Shear):

The rates of change of unit shear stress with respect to unit shear strain for the

condition of pure shear within the proportional limit. For non-isotropic materials such as wood,

it is necessary to distinguish between the moduli of rigidity in different directions.

Modulus of Rupture in Bending (Computed ultimate Twisting Strength):

The fictitious tensile or compressive stress in the extreme fiber of a beam

computed by the flexure equationI

Mc=σ , where M is the bending moment that causes rupture.

spaterspater

Page 19: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

19

19

Modulus of Rupture in Torsion (Computed Ultimate twisting moment):

The fictitious shear stress at the surface of circular shaft computed by the tension

formula J

Tr=τ , where T is the Twisting moment that causes rupture.

Moment of Area (First Moment of an Area, Statical Moment of an Area):

With respect to an axis, the sum of the products obtained by multiplying each

element of the area dA by its distance from the axis y; it is therefore the quantity ∫ dAy . An axis

in the plane of the area is implied.

Moment of Inertia of an area (Second Moment of an Area):

The moment of inertia of an area with respect to axis is the sum of the products

obtained by multiplying each element of the area dA by the square of its distance from the axis

y; it is therefore the quantity ∫ 2dAy . An axis in the plane of the area is implied, if the axis is

normal to that plane, the term polar moment of inertia.

Neutral Axis:

The line of zero fiber stress in any given section of a member subject to bending;

it contains the neutral axis of every section.

Notched – Sensitivity Ratio:

Used to compare stress concentration factor kt and fatigue-strength reduction

factor kf, the notch sensitivity ratio is commonly defined as the ratio ( ) ( )1/1 −− tf kk .It varies

from 0, for some ductile materials, to 1, for some hard brittle materials.

Neutral Surface:

The longitudinal surface of zero fibre stress in a member subject to bending; it

contains the neutral axis of every section.

spaterspater

Page 20: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

20

20

Plasticity:

The property of sustaining appreciable (visible to the eye) permanent deformation

without rupture. The term is also used to denote the property of yielding or flowing under steady

load.

Poisson’s Ratio:

The ratio of lateral unit strain to longitudinal unit strain under the condition of

uniform and uniaxial longitudinal unit within the proportional limit.

Principal Axes:

The principal axes of an area for a given point in its plane are the two mutually

perpendicular axes, passing through the point and lying in the plane of the area, for one of which

the moment of inertia is greater and for the other less than for any other coplanar axis passing

through that point. If the point in question is the centroid of the area, these axes are called

principal central axes.

Principal Planes; Principal Stresses:

Through any point in stressed body there pass three mutually perpendicular

planes, the stress on each of which is purely normal, tension, or compression; these are the

principal planes for that point. The stresses on these planes are the principal stresses; one of them

is the maximum stress at that point, and one of them is the minimum stress at that point. When

one of the principal stresses is zero, the condition is one of uniaxial stress.

Product of Inertia of an Area:

With respect to a pair of rectangular axes in its plane, the sum of the products

obtained b multiplying each element of the area dA by its coordinates with respect to those axes

x and y; it is therefore the quantity ∫ dAxy .

Proof Stress:

Pertaining to acceptance tests of metals, a specified tensile stress that must be

sustained without deformation in excess of a specified amount.

spaterspater

Page 21: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

21

21

Proportional Limit:

The greatest stress that a material can sustain without deviating from the law of

stress-strain proportionality. (Compare Elastic limit; apparent elastic limit; Yield point; Yield

strength)

Radius of Gyration:

The radius of gyration of area with respect to a given axis is the square root of the

quantity obtained by dividing the moment of inertia of the area with respect to that axis by the

area.

Reduction of Area:

The difference between the cross sectional area of a tension specimen at the

section of rupture before loading and after rupture.

Rupture Factor:

Used in reference to brittle materials, i.e. materials in which failure occurs

through tensile rupture rather than through excessive deformation. For a member of given form,

size, and material, loaded and supported in a given manner, the rupture factor is the ratio of the

fictitious maximum tensile stress at failure, as calculated by the appropriate formula for elastic

stress, to the ultimate tensile strength of the material, as determined by a conventional tension

test.

Section Modulus (Section Factor):

Pertaining to the cross section of a beam, the section modulus with respect to

either principal central axis is the moment of inertia with respect to that axis divided by the

distance from that axis to the most remote point of the section. The section modulus largely

determines the ability of a beam to carry load with no plastic deformation

Anywhere in the cross section (Compare plastic section modulus)

spaterspater

Page 22: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

22

22

Set (Permanent set, Permanent deformation, Plastic strain, Plastic deformation):

Strain remaining after removal of stress.

Shakedown Load (Stabilizing Load):

The maximum load that can be applied to a beam or rigid frame and on removal

leave such residual moments that subsequent application of the same or a smaller load will cause

only elastic stresses.

Shear Lag:

Because of shear strain, the longitudinal tensile or compressive bending stress in

wide beam flanges diminishes with the distance from the web or webs, and this stress diminution

is called shear lag.

Singularity Functions:

A class of function that, when used with some caution, permit expressing in one

equation what would normally be expressed in several separate equations, with boundary

conditions being matched at the ends of the intervals over which the several separate expressions

are valid.

Ultimate Strength:

The ultimate strength of a material in tension, compression, or shear, respectively,

is the maximum tensile, compressive, or shear stress that the material can sustain calculated on

the basis of the ultimate load and the original or unstrained dimensions. It is implied that the

condition of stress represents uniaxial tension, uniaxial compression, or pure shear, as the case

may be.

Unit Stress:

The amount of stress per unit of area. The unit stress (tensile, compressive, or

shear) at any point on a plane is the limit, as AΔ approaches 0, AP ΔΔ / where PΔ is the total

tension, compression, or shear on an area AΔ that lies in the plane and includes the point.

spaterspater

Page 23: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

23

23

Vertical Stress:

Refers to a beam, assumed for convenience to be horizontal and loaded and

supported by forces that all lies in a vertical plane. The vertical shear at any section of the beam

is the vertical component of all the forces that act on the beam to the left of the section. The

shear equation is an expression for the vertical shear at any section in terms of x, the distance to

that section measured from a chosen origin, usually taken at the left end of the beam.

Yield Point:

The lowest stress at which strain increase in stress. For some purposes it is

important to distinguish between the upper yield point, which is the stress at which is the stress-

strain diagram first becomes horizontal, and lower yield point, which is the somewhat lower and

almost constant stress under which the metal continues to deform. Only a few materials exhibit a

true yield point; for other materials the term is sometimes used synonymously with yield

strength (Compare yield strength; Elastic limit; Apparent elastic; proportional limit)

Yield Strength:

The stress at which a material exhibits a specified permanent deformation or set.

The set is usually determined by measuring the departure of the actual stress-strain diagram

from an extension of the initial straight portion. The specified value is often taken as a unit strain

of 0.002.

Slenderness Ratio:

The ratio of length of a uniform column to the least radius of gyration of the cross

section.

Slip Lines:

Lines that appear on the polished surface of crystal or crystalline body that has

been stressed beyond the elastic limit. They represent the intersection of the surface by planes on

which shear stress has produced plastic slip or gliding.

spaterspater

Page 24: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

24

24

Strain:

Any forced change in the dimensions of a body. A stretch is tensile strain; a

shortening is a compressive strain; and angular distortion is a shear strain. The word strain is

commonly used to connote unit strain.

Strain energy:

Other wise called as elastic energy, potential energy of deformation. Mechanical

energy stored up in the stressed material. Stress with in the elastic limit is implied; therefore, the

strain energy is equal to the work done by the external forces in producing the stress and is

recoverable.

Strain rosette:

At any point on the surface of a stressed body, strains measured on each of the

intersecting gauge line make possible the calculation of the principal stresses. Such gauge lines

and the corresponding strains are called strain rosettes.

Stress:

Internal force exerted by either of two adjustant parts of a body upon the other

across an imagined plane of separation. When the forces are parallel to the plane, stress is called

shear stress; when the forces are normal to the plane, the stress is called normal stress; when the

normal stress is directed towards the part on which it acts, it is called compressive stress; and

when it is directed away from the part on which it acts, it is called tensile stress. Shear,

compressive, and tensile stresses, respectively, resists the tendency of the parts to mutually slide,

approach, or separate under the action of applied forces.

Stress solid:

The solid figure formed by the surfaces bounding vectors drawn at all points of

the cross section of a member and representing the unit normal stress at each such point. The

solid stress gives a picture of the stress distribution on a section.

spaterspater

Page 25: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

25

25

Stress trajectory (isostatic):

A line in a stressed body tangent to the direction of one of the principal stresses at

every point through which it passes id called stress trajectory.

Torsional center:

Otherwise called as center of twist or center of torsion or center of shear. If a

twisting couple is applied at a given section of a straight member, that section rotates about some

point in its plane. This point which does not move when the member twists, is the torsional

center of that section.

True stress:

For an axially loaded bar, the load divided by corresponding actual cross section

area. It differs from the stress as ordinarily defined because of the change in area due to loading.

Twisting moment (torque):

At any section of the member, the moment of all forces that act on the member to

the left of that section, taken about a polar axis through the flexure center of that section. For the

sections that are symmetrical about each principal central axis, the flexural center coincides with

the centroid.

Ultimate elongation:

The percentage of permanent deformation remaining after tensile rupture

measured over an arbitrary length including the section of rupture.

spaterspater

Page 26: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

26

26

B Conversion Tables:

B1. Introduction:

The conversion factors in this section include the System International (S.I) Units

as these are now widely accepted as the standard units of measurement.

There are six basics units in the S.I. system. These are follows

The main advantage of the S.I. System is the ease with which mechanical units expressed in

mass length and time can be related to electrical units.

B2. List of Units & Abbreviations:

spaterspater

Page 27: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

27

27

Decimal Prefixes:.

The use of double prefixes should be avoided when single prefixes are available.

Basic Units in Stress Analysis

spaterspater

Page 28: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

28

28

B3. Conversion Factors Grouped by Category:

The following pages give a list of various conversion factors used grouped by

category

Length:

Area:

Volume:

Force:

spaterspater

Page 29: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

29

29

Mass:

Density:

Velocity:

spaterspater

Page 30: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

30

30

Force Length Combination:

Moment of Inertia:

Mass Moment of Area:

spaterspater

Page 31: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

31

31

Energy:

Acceleration:

Electrical:

Angular:

spaterspater

Page 32: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

32

32

Power:

Stress or Pressure:

Temperature:

spaterspater

Page 33: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

33

33

Time:

Viscosity:

B4. Miscellaneous Data:

spaterspater

Page 34: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

34

34

C. Section Shear Centre:

The shear centre can be defined as that point in the plane of a cross-section

through which an applied transverse load must pass for bending to occur unaccompanied by

twisting. To obtain the shear centre a unit transverse load is applied to the section at that point.

The shear stress distribution, as thus shear flow distribution, thus shear flow distribution is

obtained for each element of the section. Equating the torque given by the shear distribution to

the torque given by the transverse load will produce position of shear centre.

spaterspater

Page 35: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

35

35

C1. Location of Shear Centre-Open sections:

Section Constants

2xyyyxx

xxx III

IZ

−=

2xyyyxx

yyy III

IZ

−=

2xyyyxx

xyxy III

IZ

−=

Shear flow in an element

( )[ ]∫ +−−+= oyyixxixyxiyitf qdsZVyZVxZVyVxtq

Where 0q is value of fq at s = 0

xi = horizontal distance from the element centroid to the section centroid

yi = vertical distance from the element centroid to the section centroid

Shear force in an element

dsqF if =

Torque/Moment given by element

iii RFT =

Centroid chosen as datum point, but it could be any convenient point.

spaterspater

Page 36: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

36

36

Horizontal Location of shear Centre:

To Locate the horizontal position of the shear centre, we apply a vertical unit

force through the unknown position of the shear centre x0,y0 ie Vy = 1, and Vx = 0.

( ) 0qdstZyZxq tyixyii +−=∴ ∫

Shear forces and total torque iT∑ are calculated as defined previously.

Vertical Location Of Shear Centre:

To locate the vertical position of the shear centre, we apply a horizontal unit

through the unknown position of the shear centre x0,y0 ie Vy = 0, and Vx = 1

( ) 00qdstZxZyq txixyii +−=∴ ∫

C2. Shear Centre-curved Web:

Horizontal Location:

∫ ⎟⎟⎠

⎞⎜⎜⎝

⎛−=

θθ

0

1 tdsI

yqxx

θcosRy = θRdds =

∫ ⋅= θθθ RdRItqxx

cos

θθ sin2RItqxx

=

Moment of force of element about 0

spaterspater

Page 37: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

37

37

Rqds×=

RqRd ×= θ

θθdI

tR

x

sin4

Total Moment

∫=π

θθ0

4

sin dI

tR

xx

[ ]πθ 0

4

cos−xxItR

Vertical component of force of element

θsinqds

∴ Total Vertical Force

∫= θθdI

tR

xx

23

sin

xxItR

2

3 π=

Taking Moment about 0

xxxx I

tReItR 43 2

2=

π

Horizontal Location,

πRe 4

=

Alternatively for a solid section:

spaterspater

Page 38: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

38

38

with q = web shear flow

A = Enclosed area

h = web depth

Vertical Equilibrium

Vyqh =

Moment Equilibrium

eVyAq ×=2 .

hAe /2=

C3. Shear centre-Beams with constant shear flow between boom members:

xyyyxx III ,, evaluated using boom areas only(skin shear carrying only) and xyyx ZZZ ,, using

above values of xyyyxx III ,,

Shear flow in each element

( )[ ] AZyVZxVZyVxVq yyxxxyxyi δ−−+∑=

spaterspater

Page 39: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

39

39

Horizontal location:

Firstly set Vy = 1 and Vx = 0

Giving ( ) ( )[ ] ( )1−+−= ∑ iqAZyZxq yxyi δ

Where x and y are locations to element area δA

Vertical location:

Firstly set Vy = 0 and Vx = 1

Giving ( ) ( )[ ] ( )1−+−= ∑ iqAZxZyq xxyi δ

Where x and y are locations to element area δA

C4. Shear Centre – Single Cell Closed Section:

For Horizontal Location:

Cut element at 0 and assume 0=oq

Evaluate shear flow distribution around section.

Take moment about 0to give the out of balance moment Mo.

Balance Mo with balancing shear flow qb.

Where A

Mqb 2

0=

With resultant shear flow distribution; take moments about convenient point to give moment MR.

y

R

vMe =

spaterspater

Page 40: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

40

40

For Vertical Location:

Cut element at a and assume 0=aq

Evaluate shear flow distribution around section.

Take moment about 0to give the out of balance moment Mo.

Balance Mo with balancing shear flow qb.

Where A

Mqb 2

0=

With resultant shear flow distribution; take moments about convenient point to give moment MR.

y

R

vMe =

C5. Shear centre – single cell closed section with booms:

Initially the member is dealt with as a beam i.e. a cut is made at appropriate skin

element thus reducing it from a single cell to an open beam section. Having established the open

beam element shear floes, moments are taken about a convenient point and out of balance

moment Mo established.

Mo is balanced by shear flow A

Mq o

b 2=

With resultant shear flow distribution; take moments about a convenient point to give MR.

Shear centre horizontal location and vertical location:

y

R

VMe = ,

x

R

VM

e =

MR calculated independently for unit Vy and Vx.

spaterspater

Page 41: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

41

41

C6. Shear Centre for Standard sections:

spaterspater

Page 42: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

42

42

spaterspater

Page 43: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

43

43

spaterspater

Page 44: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

44

44

spaterspater

Page 45: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

45

45

spaterspater

Page 46: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

46

46

D. Warping Constant:

When a torque, is applied to a non-circular beam, the beam will twist with each

section of the beam rotating about torsional centre. The sections of the beam will not remain

plane and will wrap out of plane. Depending on how the beam is constrained the effects of the

applied torque, T will vary.

Consider a torque, T, applied to the section to the right.

The diagrams below illustrate the effects of the torque with different constraints.

The warping constant Γ is calculated by adding 1Γ and .2Γ The constant 1Γ relates to the strain

in the middle plane of the walls arising from variations of warping of the cross-section along

length due to twist. The constant 2Γ relates to the strain across the thickness, t, of the walls.

Therefore the warping constant is defined by

( )21 Γ+Γ=Γ

Consider the following section

We can now show equations for the warping constants based on the generalised section shown

above.

The primary warping constant 1Γ is obtained from the formula

spaterspater

Page 47: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

47

47

( )2

0 0

21

1∫ ∫ ⎥⎦

⎤⎢⎣⎡−=Γ

s AWdA

AtdsW

Where

dsrWs

t∫= 0

The secondary warping constant 2Γ is obtained from the formula

( )∫=ΓA

n dAtsr0

22 12

1 in6

where A = Total cross-section area

s = distance from any free end along middle of wall.

rt = the perpendicular from the shear centre to the tangent of the point defined by s.

rn = distance from the point of rotation to the normal of the tangent line of the

middle of the wall.

A = Total cross-section area

rt = distance from the point of rotation to the tangent line of the centre line of

the section wall at s

s = distance from any free end along the middle of the wall.

Constraint Warping about a Point

It is sometimes necessary to know the warping constant ( )01Γ may be obtained by

means of the formula

[ ] xyyyxx IyxIyIx 0020

20101 2−++Γ=Γ

The numerical method of calculating Γ for open section is shown,

spaterspater

Page 48: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

48

48

D1 Warping Constant – Tables for Typical Sections:

spaterspater

Page 49: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

49

49

spaterspater

Page 50: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

50

50

spaterspater

Page 51: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

51

51

spaterspater

Page 52: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

52

52

spaterspater

Page 53: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

53

53

E. Mechanical properties:

E1. DATA Basis:

A-values:

When applied loads are eventually distributed through a single member within an assembly, the

failure of which would results in the loss of the structural integrity of the component involved,

the guaranteed minimum design mechanical properties (“A” - values) must be met.

At least 99% of the populations of values are expected to equal or exceed the A-value

mechanical property allowable, with a confidence of 95%

Examples of such items are:

Single members such as drag struts, push-pull rods, etc.

B-values:

Redundant structures, in which the failure of individual elements would result in applied loads

being safely distributed to other load-carrying members, may be designed on the basis of 90%

probability.

“B”-values are above which at least 90% of the population of values is expected to with a

confidence of 95%.

Examples of such items are:

Sheet – stiffener combinations.

Multi – rivet or multiple bolt connections.

Thick skin type wing construction.

S-values:

The S-value is the minimum value specified by the governing industry specification of federal or

military standards for the material. For certain products heat treated by the user the S- values

may reflect a specified quality control requirement. Statistical assurance associated with this

value is not known.

spaterspater

Page 54: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

54

54

E2. Stress-Strain Data:

The significant properties of material for structural design purposes are

determined experimentally. Tension and Compression coupon tests provide the simplest

fundamental information on material mechanical properties. Experimental data is recorded on

stress – strain curves that record the measures units strain as a function of the applied force per

unit area. Data of importance for structural analysis is derived from the stress –strain as shown

above.

E3. Definition of terms:

Modulus of Elasticity:

Slope of initial straight-line part of the stress-strain curve, E (force per unit area)

Secant Modulus:

Slope of secant line from the origin to any point (stress) on the stress-strain curve

a function of the stress level applied, Es

spaterspater

Page 55: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

55

55

Tangent Modulus:

Slope of the line tangent to stress-strain curve at any point (stress) on the stress-

strain curve, Et. The tangent modulus is the same as the modulus of elasticity in the range.

Proportional Limit:

Stress at which the stress-strain curve deviates from linearity, indication of plastic

or permanent set is called proportionality limit. Sometimes defined arbitrarily as stress at 0.01%

offset, Fpl (psi

Yield Strength or Stress:

At 0.2% offset, Fcy, Ftu (psi)

Ultimate Strength or Stress:

Maximum force per unit area, Ftu (psi)

Poisson’s Ratio:

Ratio of the lateral strain measured normal to the loading direction, to the normal

strain measured in the direction of the load. Poisson ratio varies from the elastic value of around

0.3 to 0.5 in the plastic range.

Secant stress:

Stress at intercept of any given secant modulus line with the stress – strain curve

is called secant stress. F0.7, F0.85 are secant lines of 0.7 and 0.85 % of young’s modulus.

Elongation:

Permanent strain at fracture (tension) in the direction of loading e(%). Sometimes

this property is considered a measure of ductility/brittleness.

Fracture Strain:

Maximum strain at fracture of the material, eε (in/in)

spaterspater

Page 56: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

56

56

Elastic Strain:

Strains equal to or less than the strain a t the proportional limit stress, eε or the

strain to the projected young’s modulus line of any stress level,

Plastic Strain:

Increment of strain beyond the elastic strain at stresses above the proportional

limit.

Shear Properties:

The results of torsion tests on round tubes or round solid section s are sometimes

plotted as torsion stress-strain diagrams. The modulus of elasticity in shear as determined from

such a diagram is a basic shear property. Other properties, such as proportional limit and

ultimate shearing stress, cannot be treated as basic properties because of the form factor.

Bearing Properties:

Bearing strength are of value in the design of joints and lugs. Only yield and

ultimate values are obtained from bearing tests. The bearing stress is obtained by dividing the

load on a pin, which bears against the edge of the hole, by the bearing area, where the area is the

product of the pin diameter and sheet thickness.

The bearing test requires the use of special cleaning procedures as specified in ASTM E 238. In

the “various Room Temperature Property Tables. When the indicated values are based on tests

with clean pins, the values are footnoted as “dry pin” values. Designers should consider the use

of a reduction factor in applying these values to structural analysis.

In the definition of bearing values, t is sheet thickness, D is the hole diameter and e is the edge

distance measured from the hole centre to the edge of the material in the direction of applied

stress.

spaterspater

Page 57: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

57

57

E4. Temperature Effects:

Temperature below room temperature generally causes an increase in all strength

properties of metals. However ductility usually decreases below room temperature.

Temperatures above room temperature have the opposite effect which is dependent on many

factors such as time of exposure and the characteristic of the material.

E5. Fatigue Properties:

Practically all materials will break under numerous repetitions of a stress is not as

great the stress required to produce immediate rupture. This phenomena is known as fatigue.

Fatigue crack initiation is normally associated with the endurance limit of a material below

which fatigue does not occur is usually presented in the form of S-N curves, where the cycles

stress amplitude is plotted versus the number of cycles to failure. Another major factor affecting

the fatigue behaviour is the stress concentration caused by detail design of the structure.

Metallurgical Instability:

In addition to the retention of load-carrying ability and ductility a structural

material must also retain surface and internal stability. Surface stability refers to the resistance of

the material to oxidizing of corrosive environments. Lack of internal stability is generally

spaterspater

Page 58: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

58

58

manifested by carbide precipitation, spheroidization, sigma-phase formation, temper

embrittlement and internal or structural transformation, depending upon the material and the

condition.

Biaxial and Multiaxial Properties:

Many structural geometries, or load applications, are such that induced stresses

are not uniaxial but are bi-or triaxial. Because of the difficulty in testing, few triaxial test data

exist. However considerable biaxial testing has been conducted. If stresses are referred to as

mutually perpendicular x, y, and z direction of the usual rectangular co-ordinates, a biaxial stress

is a condition such that there are either a positive or negative stress in the x, y directions and the

stresses in the z direction is usually zero.

Fracture Strength:

The occurrence of flaws in a structural component is an unavoidable circumstance

of material processing, fabrication, or service. These flaws may be cracks, metallurgical

inclusion or voids, weld defects, design discontinuities, or combination thereof. If severe

enough, these flaws can include structural failure at loads below those of normal design. The

strength of a component containing a flaw is dependent on the flaw size, the component

geometry, and a material property termed “fracture toughness”. The fracture toughness of a

material is literally a measure of resistance to fracture. It also is considered a measure of its

tolerance or lack of sensitivity to flaws. As with many other material properties, fracture

toughness is dependent on processing variables, product form geometry, temperature, loading

rate, and other environmental factors.

Fatigue-Crack Propagation Behaviour:

Between the crack initiating phenomenon of fatigue and the critical instability of

cracked structural elements as identified by fracture toughness and residual strength lies an

important fact of material behaviour known as fatigue-crack propagation.

In small size laboratory fatigue specimens, crack initiation and specimen failure may be nearly

synonymous. However in larger structural components the existence of a crack does not

spaterspater

Page 59: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

59

59

necessarily indicate imminent failure of the component. The structural life during the cycle crack

extension phase is the basis for damage tolerance certification of aircraft structure.

Material Failures:

Fracture of a metal can be very complex, it can occur in either ductile or brittle

state, in the same material depending on the state of stress and the environment. Fracture can

occur after elongation of the metal over a relatively large uniform length, or after a concentrated

elongation in a short length. Shear deformation will also vary dependent on metal and stress

state, because of these variations in magnitude and mode of deformation the ductility of a metal

can have a profound effect on the ability of a fabricated part to withstand applied loads.

E.6 Generalised Stress-Strain Equations:

Introduction:

This section describes a generalised method for representing the stress-strain

curves of materials which exhibits a smooth curves. The method uses a reference stress and a

characteristic index, in addition to the modulus of elasticity, and this section indicates how these

two quantities may be determined

Generalised Equations for Stress-Strain curves:

A smooth continuous stress- strain curve can be represented by the equation

m

nnn ff

mff

fE

⎥⎦

⎤⎢⎣

⎡+=

in which f is the stress, fn is taken to be the stress at which the tangent modulus is one half the

modulus of elasticity and the index m has been found to characterize the shape of the stress-

strain curve and is therefore referred to as the material characteristic. The equation above only

applies if f/fn is positive and this needs to be taken into account in cases where the chosen sign

convention leads to either for ε being of opposite sign to fn

This equation can then be rearranged and the value of Tangent Modulus obtained as

( )εddfEt /=

spaterspater

Page 60: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

60

60

in which f is the stress, fn is taken to be the stress at which the tangent modulus is one half the

modulus of elasticity and the index m has been found to characterize the shape of the stress-

strain curve and is therefore referred to as the material characteristic. The equation above only

applies if f/fn is positive and this needs to be taken into account in cases where the chosen sign

convention leads to either for ε being of opposite sign to fn.

This equation can then be rearranged and the value of Tangent Modulus obtained as

( )εddfEt /=

11

1

−−

⎥⎥⎦

⎢⎢⎣

⎡⎥⎦

⎤⎢⎣

⎡+=

m

nt f

fEE

This can be rearranged to give

m

nntn ff

ff

Ef

fE

⎥⎦

⎤⎢⎣

⎡+=

The secant modulus Es, is the ratio of stress to total strain and may be determined directly from

stress – strain curve equation.

1111

−−

⎥⎥⎦

⎢⎢⎣

⎡⎥⎦

⎤⎢⎣

⎡+=

m

ns f

fm

EE

From the above set of equations the simple relationship between Es and Et follows

⎥⎦

⎤⎢⎣

⎡−=⎥

⎤⎢⎣

⎡− 111

ts EE

mEE

The value of Poisson’s ratio is according to the equation

( )( ) 1

1

11

1

/ −

⎥⎦

⎤⎢⎣

⎡+

⎥⎦

⎤⎢⎣

⎡+

=−−= m

n

m

npe

epsp

ff

m

ff

mvv

vvEEvv

ev = Fully elastic value of Poisson’s ratio

pv = Fully plastic value of Poisson’s ratio

as the material yields Poisson’s ration will increase from its elastic value up to its fully plastic

value

spaterspater

Page 61: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

61

61

The plastic value of Poisson’s ratio pv can be assumed to be 0.5 for all aluminium alloys. The

elastic value for aluminium alloys can be assumed to be 0.3.

Determination of m and fn

The value of m, the material characteristic, can be found from standard fitting

procedure if the full stress-strain curve is known. However, it may be estimated, provided that

two points on the non-proportional region of the curve are known, from the equation.

( )( )'

'

/log/log

RR

RR

ffm εε=

where fR and f’R are known stress values on the stress-strain curve of the actual material and Rε

and 'Rε are the strain in excess of the elastic strain corresponding to these stresses. For example ,

if fR and fR’ are the 0.1% and 0.2% tensile proof stresses of the material then Rε and 'Rε are

0.001 and 0.002 respectively.

For a known value of m the reference stress, fn, may be evaluated from the equation

( )1/1 −−

⎥⎦

⎤⎢⎣

⎡=

m

R

RRn f

Emff ε

E.6.1. Problem:

Calculate the strain when a stress of 30000 lb.in2 is applied to sample 2024 T3 aluminium alloy

sheet using B-basis in compression.(0.010<t<0.128 in.thick)

For 2024 T3 Aluminium alloy steel sheet we can obtain the following values from MIL-HDBK-

5

E = 6105.10 × lb/in2

f= 30000 ld/in2

002.0=Rε

fR = 4109.3 × lb/in2

m = 15 (material characteristic as defined in MIL-HDBK-5)

We can calculate fn from

⎟⎠⎞

⎜⎝⎛

−−

⎟⎟⎠

⎞⎜⎜⎝

⎛=

11

m

R

RRn f

Emff ε

spaterspater

Page 62: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

62

62

Therefore fn = 33593.97 lbin2

To calculate the strain,ε , we must simplify the equation

m

nnn ff

mff

fE

⎥⎦

⎤⎢⎣

⎡+=

To give

E

fff

mff

n

m

nn⎟⎟

⎜⎜

⎛⎥⎦

⎤⎢⎣

⎡+

=

1

ε

Which gives us a strain of 0.003.

spaterspater

Page 63: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

63

63

1. PRISMATIC BAR IN TENSION:

For Ductile material yield stress is to be considered during analysis. If material is

brittle or exhibits brittle fracture upon loading, ultimate stress is to be considered for analysis.

Load considered for ultimate analysis is factor of safety times limit load. t2 values are the

maximum permissible tensile stresses for the proof loading condition. ft values are given for the

ultimate loading conditions. In case of a few materials, which have high proof to ultimate

strength ratio, allowance may have to be made for the effects of stress concentration.

1.1 Limit Stress Analysis:

For limit stress analysis t2 is considered. It is then compared with limit stress or actual stress.

Limit load = P

Working stress AP

Allowable Proof stress (Or) 0.2% Proof stress = 2t

Reserve factor =σ

2t

If reserve factor value is greater than 1 the design is considered to be safe.

1.2 Ultimate Stress Analysis:

For ultimate stress analysis ultimate load has to be considered. It has to be compared with UTS

value of the material.

Ultimate Working stress = (factor of safety† X actual proof stress)/A

Allowable Ultimate stress (Or) UTS = ft.

Reserve factor = ft / Actual Ultimate stress †factor of safety is generally 1.5 according to MIL-A-8860

spaterspater

Page 64: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

64

64

1.3 Problem:

Material BSL 168T6511

Mpat 3702 =

Mpaft 415=

Limit load P = 1500kg

A = 10mm×10mm

Limit stress analysis:

Applied proof stress MpaAP 150

10015000

===σ

Allowable proof stress t2 = 370Mpa

Reserve factor = 370/150 = 2.47

Ultimate stress analysis:

Actual ultimate stress = fos ×actual proof stress

= 2251505.1 =×

Allowable ultimate stress = 415

Reserve factor = 415/225 = 1.84

spaterspater

Page 65: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

65

65

2. PRISMATIC BAR IN COMPRESSION:

For the stable members in pure compression an ultimate compressive stress equal

to the 0.2% proof stress (c2) is recommended. Where the c2 value is not given tensile values t2

may be used. For thin sections or flanges, consideration should be given to the possibility of

local or Torsional instability. For slender columns buckling load is to be considered. Where

magnesium alloys are used in compression, it is recommended that special test made to be

establish the compressive proof stress values, since they may be as low as 0.5 of the

corresponding proof stresses.

2.1 Compression Stress Analysis: (Block Compression)

For Stress analysis c2 is considered.

Actual Load = P

Working Stress σ = P /A

Allowable stress = c2.

Reserve Factor = c2/ σ

If the reserve factor value is greater than 1 design is safe.

2.1.2 Problem:

Material BSL 168T6511

Actual load = 1500 kg

A = 10mm×10mm

spaterspater

Page 66: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

66

66

Actual ultimate stress = 2/225100150005.1 mmN=

×

Allowable ultimate stress = 370

Reserve factor = 370/225 = 1.64

spaterspater

Page 67: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

67

67

2.2 Euler Buckling:

Buckling stress ACL

EIcr 2

2πσ =

Pcr value depends upon end fixing condition C:

Hinged - Hinged C = 1

Fixed - Free C = 4

Fixed - Fixed C = (1/4)

Fixed - Hinged C = (1/2)

2.3 For other Buckling cases:

Section Modulus = Z

2.3.1 Buckling for Eccentric Loading:

In an actual structure it is not possible for a column to be perfectly straight or to

be loaded exactly at the centroid of the area. Therefore apart from normal load there will be

additional load due to moment caused by eccentricity.

ZEIPLPe

AP

cr

⎟⎟⎠

⎞⎜⎜⎝

+=2

secσ

This is a Transcendental in P. The solution will be taken as Pall.

Eccentricity of the load = e in mm.

Moment of inertia = I in mm4.

spaterspater

Page 68: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

68

68

2.3.2 Beam - Columns:

A beam is called Beam-Column when it is submitted to both compression and

bending loads. When a structural element similar to a beam is subjected simultaneously to a

normal load and bending moment, superposition theorem cannot be used to determine the

stresses. The lateral deflections appreciably change the moment arms of the compression forces

and deflections are not proportional to the loads. The verification of Beam – Column will

include two steps as following

1 .The study of column.

2. The study of Beam – column if axial load is lower than the critical load calculated in

the previous step.

2.3.2.1 Notations and Conventions:

1. The compressive loads are taken to be positive.

2. A positive bending moment compresses the upper fibres of the beam.

3. A distributed lateral loads leads to the positive moment.

4. A positive lateral load compresses the upper fibre of the beam.

5. The compression stresses are positive.

spaterspater

Page 69: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

69

69

2.3.2.2 Terms used:

Compression load =P in N.

Distributed lateral load = q in N/mm.

Applied isolated load = F in N.

Critical buckling stress = crσ in N/mm2.

Modulus of Elasticity in compression = Ec in N/mm2.

Moment of inertia = I in mm4.

Area of cross section = A in mm2.

Clamping factor = K.

Column effective buckling length = L in mm.

Real column length = S in mm.

2.3.2.3 Calculation of Bending Moment:

Let us consider a beam where the ends are on single supports with compression

loads and bending loads.

Beam with compression and bending loads:

The bending moment at X is ( )PyxL

MMMM AB

A

ZZZZ −⎥

⎤⎢⎣

⎡ −+= in N-mm.

spaterspater

Page 70: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

70

70

Final bending moment is ⎟⎟⎠

⎞⎜⎜⎝

⎛+⎟⎟

⎞⎜⎜⎝

⎥⎥⎥⎥⎥

⎢⎢⎢⎢⎢

⎟⎟⎠

⎞⎜⎜⎝

⎟⎟⎠

⎞⎜⎜⎝

⎛−

=jxM

jx

jL

jLMM

MA

AB

Z

ZZ

Z cossinsin

cos in N-mm.

Maximum bending moment is at

⎥⎥⎥⎥⎥

⎢⎢⎢⎢⎢

⎟⎟⎠

⎞⎜⎜⎝

⎟⎟⎠

⎞⎜⎜⎝

⎛−

=

jL

jLMM

jArcxAB ZZ

sin

costan in N-mm.

Common expression for Beam – Column bending moment

( )xfjjxC

jxCM Z

221 cossin +⎟⎟

⎞⎜⎜⎝

⎛+⎟⎟

⎞⎜⎜⎝

⎛= .

Where

PIE

j t= and several cases can be combined as shown below.

spaterspater

Page 71: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

71

71

spaterspater

Page 72: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

72

72

spaterspater

Page 73: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

73

73

spaterspater

Page 74: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

74

74

2.3.2.4 Allowable Stress:

Two main cases must be considered when choosing allowable stress

1. Solid beams

2. Thin web beams

Solid beams:

No local buckling phenomenon occurs before general buckling, the allowable stress on

tensional side is equal to Rσ .

Thin Web Beams:

A local buckling phenomenon can occur before general buckling. This state does no give

rise to an immediate collapse but can considerably decrease the allowable breaking stress. The

allowable stress on compressive side is equal to { }Rbucklinglocalall MIN σσσ ;=

For further references refer,

1. Aircraft Structures P.J.Perry Page no 524 – 533.

2. Analysis and Design of flight Vehicle structures by E.F.Bruhn Supplement

page no 2

3. Refer Aircraft Structures for Engineers THG Megson Page no 162-165

spaterspater

Page 75: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

75

75

2.3.3 Local buckling: (Thin Walled Structures):

If column is composed wholly or partially of thin material, local buckling may

occur at a unit load less than the required load to cause failure of column as a whole. Thin walled

sections are encountered in aircraft structures in the shape of longitudinal stiffeners. These

elements fall in to two distinct categories – flanges which have a free unloaded edge and webs

which are supported by adjustant plate elements in the column cross section.

2.3.3.1 Flanges:

For long flange having one end fixed and other edge is free.

Modulus of Elasticity = E

Elastic Poisson’s ratio = μ

Thick ness of flange = t

Breadth of flange = b

Buckling stress 22 )(

109.1

btEfcr μ−

=

For flange having one edge simply supported and other edge is free.

Buckling stress 22 )(

1416.0

btEfc μ−

=

Also refer ESDU DATA sheet 01.01.08.

2.3.3.2 Thin webs:

Long thin web fixed along each edge

Buckling stress 21

73.5 )(2 btEfc μ−

=

Simply supported along each edge

Buckling stress 22 )(

192.3

btEfc μ−

=

spaterspater

Page 76: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

76

76

2.3.3.3Plates and Shells:

1) Rectangular plate under equal uniform compression on two opposite edges:

Sides of rectangular plate = a, b

Compressive load = f

Buckling stress 22 )(

1 btEKfc μ−

=

Where K depend on a/b ratio and end fixing conditions

Table for value of K for various end fixing condition:

Manner of Support Value of K

For (a/b=1)

All edges simply supported 3.29

All edges clamped 7.7

Edges b simply supported, edges a clamped 6.32

edges b and edge a simply supported and one

edge a is free 1.18

Refer Analysis and design of flight vehicle structures by E.F.Bruhn chapterC5 for K values for

various a/b ratios.

2) Rectangular plate under uniform compression fx on b and fy on a:

Sides of rectangular plate = a, b

Compressive loads = fx, fy.

Poisson’s ratio = μ

spaterspater

Page 77: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

77

77

Buckling stress 22 )(

1 btEKfc μ−

=

Where K depend on a/b ratio and end fixing conditions

3) Rectangular plate under linearly varying stress on edges b:

Sides of rectangular plate = a, b

Compressive load = f0, fv.

Buckling stress 22 )(

1 btEKfc μ−

=

Where K depend on a/b ratio and α

Where vσσ

σα

−=

0

0

Table for value of K for various α:

α 0.5 0.75 1.00 1.25 1.50 ∞

K(a/b=1) 21.1 9.1 6.4 5.4 4.8 3.29

Refer Analysis and design of flight vehicle structures by E.F.Bruhn chapterC5 for K values for

various a/b ratios.

4) Rectangular plate under uniform shear on all edges:

Sides of rectangular plate = a, b

Shear stress = fs.

Poisson’s ratio = μ

spaterspater

Page 78: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

78

78

Buckling stress 22 )(

1 btEKf sc μ−

=

Where K depend on a/b ratio and end fixing conditions

Table for value of K for various end fixing condition:

a/b 1 2 ∞ All edges simply supported

K 7.75 5.43 4.40

a/b 1 2 ∞ All edges clamped

K 12..7 9.5 7.38

Refer Analysis and design of flight vehicle structures by E.F.Bruhn chapterC5 for K values for

various a/b ratios.

5) Rectangular plate under uniform shear on all edges, compression fx on b and fy on a:

Sides of rectangular plate = a, b

Compressive loads = fx, fy.

Shear load = fs.

Poisson’s ratio = μ

Buckling stress for all edges simply supported

))(( 8122122

Cf

Cf

Cf

Cf

Cf xyxysc −+−−+−=

Where 22 )(

1823.0

btEC

μ−=

Buckling stress for all edges clamped

))(( 8431.234431.22

Cf

Cf

Cf

Cf

Cf xyxysc −+−−+−=

spaterspater

Page 79: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

79

79

6) Rectangular plate under uniform shear on all edges and bending stresses on b:

Sides of rectangular plate = a, b

Bending loads = fb,

Shear load = fs.

Poisson’s ratio = μ

Buckling stress for all edges simply supported

22 )(

1 btEKfb μ−

=

Here K depends on fs/fsmax and on a/b

Table for value of K for various end fixing condition:

fs/fsmax 0 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 1.0

K(a/b=1) 21.1 20.4 19.6 18.5 17.7 16 14 11.9 8.2 0

spaterspater

Page 80: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

80

80

2.3.3.4 Analysis of Thin Walled Structures:

Rb = (Actual Bending Stress/Allowable Bending Stress)

Rc = (Actual Compressive Stress/Allowable compressive Stress)

Rs = (Actual Shear Stress/Allowable Shear Stress)

Rl = (Actual Longitudinal Stress/Allowable Longitudinal Stress)

For combined Bending and Longitudinal Compression:

Reserve factor cb RR +75.1

For Combined Bending and Shear:

Reserve Factor 22

1

sb RR +

For Combined Shear and Longitudinal direct Stress:

Reserve Factor22 4

2

sll RRR ++

2.4 Problems:

2.4.1 Problem for Euler Buckling:

Problem 1:

Material BSL 168T6511

MpaE 31070×=

t = 370

spaterspater

Page 81: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

81

81

ft = 415Mpa

Actual load = 2500 kg

Ultimate load = fos×2500

= 25005.1 ×

= 3750

end condition = hinged –hinged

C = 1

b = 10mm

d = 10mm

l = 100mm

33.83312

1012

43

===bdI

NlEIPcr 57572

10033.8331070

2

32

2

2

=×××

==ππ

Reserve factor = 535.13750

2.5757==

ult

cr

PP

Problem 2:

Material BSL 168T6511

MpaE 31070×=

Mpat 3702 =

Mpaft 415=

l = 5000 mm

P = 1000 kg

spaterspater

Page 82: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

82

82

Ultimate load = fos×P = kg150010005.1 =×

End condition = hinged –hinged = c = 1

mmx 502

60201 =

+= mmx 10

220

2 == mmx 502

60203 =+=

mmy 10220

1 == mmy 502

1002 == mmy 90

220803 =+=

21 12006020 mmA =×= 2

2 200020100 mmA =×= 23 1200mmA =

mmAAA

xAxAxAX 82.31

4400140000

120020001200501200102000501200

321

332211 ==++

×+×+×=

++++

=

mmAAA

yAyAyAY 50

4400220000

120020001200901200502000101200

321

332211 ==++

×+×+×=

++++

=

233

3332

22

3222

11

311

121212hA

dbhAdbhAdbI XX +++++=

= 23

23

23

18.18120012

206082.21200012

1020)18.18(120012

2060×+

×+×+

×+×+

×

= 1780573.22mm4

spaterspater

Page 83: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

83

83

233

3332

22

3222

11

311

121212hA

bdhAbdhAbdIYY +++++=

= 233

23

40120012

602012

2010040120012

6020×+

×+

×+×+

×

= 4626666.67mm4

NLl

EIPcr 4920580001

22.178057310702

32

2

2

×××==ππ

Reserve factor = 28.31500

5.4920=

Ultimate load = 18150N

Limit load = Nfos

121005.1

1815018150==

2.4.2 Problems for Beam – Column:

Problem 1:

Considered a beam with both Transverse and Axial load with moment as shown

in the diagram. The data for the set up is listed below calculate the maximum bending moment

and reserve factor.

Data:

S = 100 mm, a = 30 mm, c =10 mm.

A = 100mm2, I = 833 mm4, F = 700 N, P = 11600 N.

M1 = 12000 N – mm.

M2 = 40000 N – mm.

Material 7075 T 7651

E = 71711 N/mm2.

spaterspater

Page 84: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

84

84

Ec = 73800 N/mm2.

4602.0 =cσ N/mm2.

4602.0 =σ N/mm2.

525=Rσ N/mm2.

e% = 7.

Check for beam does not buckle the action of P alone

6071001100

833738022

2

22

2

=××××

==ππ

σAKSIEc

cr N/mm2.

K = 1 for given clamping condition

To apply plasticity correction

crησσ =

c

t

EE

Using Ram berg and Osgood model: cn

c

cr

c

cr

E ⎟⎟⎠

⎞⎜⎜⎝

⎛+=

2.0

002.0σσσ

ε

εσ cr

sE =

c

c

s

c

t En

En

E−

+=11

411=σ N/mm2.

Stress applied due to axial load 116==APσ N/mm2.

So, it can be deduced that column does not buckle.

Maximum bending moment expression 7281160

8337380=

×==

PIE

j c

For ax ≤ , Using combination of cases 1 to 4 given in above table.

81010sin

sin

sin

cos12

1 =+−

=

jS

jbjF

jS

jSMM

C N-mm.

spaterspater

Page 85: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

85

85

1200012 == MC N-mm.

jx

jxM AC cos12000sin81010 +=

For ax > , Using combination of cases 1 and 5 given in above table.

34310tan

sin

sin

cos12

1 =+−

=

jS

jSjF

jS

jSMM

C N-mm.

32410sin12 =+=jSjFMC N-mm.

jx

jxM CB cos32410sin34310 +=

To determine the maximum bending moment

At point A

NmmM A 120000cos120000sin81010 =+=

At point C

NmmM C 434408.72

30cos120008.72

30sin81010 =+=

At point B

NmmM B 400008.72

100cos324108.72

100sin34310 =+=

Between A and C

0728

cos728

12000728

sin728

81010=−=

xxdx

dM AC

The moment is maximum at abscissa point

mmArcx 7.1031200081010tan728 == But 103.7>XC

Therefore MAC is maximum at XC

MACmax = 43440 N-mm

Between C and B

0728

cos728

32410728

sin728

34310=−=

xxdx

dM CB

spaterspater

Page 86: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

86

86

The moment is maximum at abscissa point

mmArcx 3.593241034310tan728 ==

mmNM CB −=+= 47200728593cos32410

728593sin34310max

Therefore, the maximum moment on beam AB is

( ) mmNMMMAXM CBACAB −== 47200; maxmaxmax

Calculate the total stress and the reserve factor

Stress due to the axial load

2/116 mmNSP

c ==σ

Stress due to the bending moment

2/2832

mmNcI

Mf ±=×±=σ

Maximum compression stress

2/399 mmNfcMAX =+= σσσ

Reserve factor

R.F. = 32.1399525

=

2.4.3 Problem for Local Buckling:

Problem 1:

Material BSL 168T6511 31070×=E ,a = 10,b = 10,t = 1

All edges are simply supported

Compressed load f = 1000kg

spaterspater

Page 87: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

87

87

Actual ultimate load kgfult 1501005.1 =×=

Actual stress = 2/1500110

15000 mmN=×

Allowable stress = 2

21⎟⎠⎞

⎜⎝⎛

− ntEK

μ=

2

2

3

101

3.01107029.3 ⎟

⎠⎞

⎜⎝⎛

−×

× = 2530.27N

Reserve factor = 69.11500

27.2530=

2.4.3.1 Problem for Combined Bending and Shear:

Problem 1:

Material BSL 168T6511 31070×=E , a = 10, b = 10, t = 1

All edges are hinged.

Bending load = 100kg, Shear load = 1000kg

Actual bending stress = 23 /3000

110125.0500 mmN

IMy

××=

Actual shear stress = 2/500110102

10100002

mmNAtT

=×××

×=

Buckling stress (bending) = NbtEK

3.4615)01.0(91.0

10706)1(

32

26 =

××=⎟

⎠⎞

⎜⎝⎛

− μ

Shearing buckling stress = 0769.73)01.0(91.0

10705.9)1(

32

2 =××

=⎟⎠⎞

⎜⎝⎛

− btEK s

μ

65.03.4615

3000==bR , 068.0

69.7307500

==BR

Reserve factor = 53.1)068.0()65.0(

1)()(

12222=

+=

+ sb RR

spaterspater

Page 88: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

88

88

3. LUG ANALYSIS:

The lug refers to that portion of the fitting that involves the hole for the single

bolt that connects the male and female part of the fitting unit. The simplified assumptions

regarding failing action and the resulting equations have been widely used for quick approximate

check of the lug strength. The failure of the Lug may be due to Tension or shear tear out or due

to bearing. Loading conditions considered are

1. Axial loading

2. Transverse loading

3. Oblique loading

3.1 Failure in Tension:

The above diagram indicates how a plate can be pull apart due to tension stresses

on a section through the centre line of bolt hole. Both the male and female parts of the fitting

must transfer the load past the centreline of the hole, thus both parts must be considered in the

design of the fitting. Refer ESDU Data Sheet 91008 for further details.

Ultimate tensile strength of the material = ft. +

Breadth of the plate = 2R

Thickness of lug = t

Diameter of the hole = d

Limit load = P

Ultimate applied stress tdR

Pf tensionu )2(5.1

)( −=

+Allowable Tensile is obtained by detail fatigue analysis.

spaterspater

Page 89: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

89

89

The above equation assumes that the tensile stress on the cross section is uniform.

This is not true as the flow of the stress around the hole causes a stress concentration. To take

care of this extra allowance has to be given in reserve factor.

Reserve factor = ft/fu (tension).

3.2 Failure by Shear Tear Out:

The above picture illustrates the manner in which failure can occur by the

shearing tear out of a plate sector in front of the bolt. Due to load P the bolt presses the plate or

lug around bolt - hole edge. Stresses are produced which tends to cause the portion (a) shown in

the figure to tear out. Refer ESDU Data Sheets 81006, 71011, 66011 for details. Usually fs for

ductile material are 0.6 UTS.

Shear out area = As.

Ultimate shear stress = fs.

Ultimate applied stressxtPf shearoutu 2

5.1)( =

It is very common practise to take the shear out area As equal to the edge distance

at the centreline of the hole times the thickness t of the plate times two since there are two shear

areas.

This is slightly conservative because the actual shear area is larger and area considered is limited

by the 40o line as shown in the picture.

Reserve factor = fs/fu (shear out)

spaterspater

Page 90: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

90

90

3.3 Failure by bearing:

The pull causes the bolt to press against the wall, which in turn presses against the

plate wall. If the pressure is high enough the plate material adjustant to the hole will start to

crush and flow thus allowing bolt and bush to move which results in elongated hole as shown in

the diagram.

Ultimate bearing stress = fb.

Diameter of the bushing = d

Thickness of the plate = t

Bearing factor = Kbr. +

Ultimate applied stressdt

P5.1fu(bearing) =

Reserve factor = Kbr*fb/fu (bearing)

Usually fb is equal to ft. It is good practise to require a reserve factor of 1.5 + Refer ESDU Data Sheet 81029, 83033 for further details.

3.4 Lug strength analysis under transverse loading:

Cases arise where the lug of a fitting unit is subjected to only a transverse load.

Bearing area = Abr.

Ultimate Tensile stress = ft.

Efficiency failing coefficient = Kt.

Allowable load tbrtu(tension) fAKP =

Kt depends on 2R/d ratio and upon material used.

spaterspater

Page 91: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

91

91

3.5 Lug strength analysis under oblique loading:

Fitting lugs often subjected to oblique loads. It will be resolved in to axial and

transverse components.

Reserve factor = 0.6251.6tr

1.6a )R(R

1+

Where

Ra = axial component of the applied load divided by ultimate allowable tensile load

Rtr = transverse component of the applied load divided by Pu (tension) of transverse loading.

Allowable stresses used in various loading conditions:

Table for value of ultimate stresses for various condition:

Condition Ultimate stresses

Tension ft.

Shear 0.6 ft.

Bearing 2 ft.

spaterspater

Page 92: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

92

92

3.6 Lug analysis (AVRO Method):

The Permissible lug stresses listed down are based on the method illustrated in,

Av.P.970 chapter 404/2. Allowable stresses used in various loading conditions are listed below.

The permissible lug stress for each condition is taken as maximum of values for failing stress.

Condition Ultimate stresses

Tension 0.9 ft.

Shear 0.46 ft.

Bearing 1.85 ft.

For shear if a/d <1.5the allowable shear stress quoted must be factored by K.

a/d Vs K:

a/d 0.7 0.8 0.9 1.0 1.1 1.2 1.3 1.4 1.5

K 0.7 0.725 0.75 0.8 0.85 0.875 0.925 0.95 1

Actual stresses

Condition Ultimate stresses

Tension ctpt

2

Shear atpt

2

2dpt

Bearing

dtpt

Reserve factor = allowable stress/actual stress

spaterspater

Page 93: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

93

93

3.7 Problems:

Problem 1:

Figure shows a single pin fitting the lug material is AISI steel heat treated to ft =

125000 Psi. The bolt AN steel ft = 125000 Psi. The bushing is steel with Ft = 125000 Psi .The

fitting is subjected to an ultimate tensile load of 15650 lb .check the fitting for the design load

diameter of bolt is ½’’

A fitting factor is considered = 1.15

Clearance gap = 1/6’’

Applied fitting load = lb180001565015.1 =×

Check for bolt shear:

For diameter = 0.5

Ultimate double shear length of bolt is 29400

Applied load (Ultimate) = 18000 lb

Reserve factor = 29400/18000 = 1.62

Failure by bolt bending:

There is strength gap between lugs

gttb ++=∴ 21 25.05.0 (Or) gttb ++= 4221

218.0)64/1()8/3(25.0)3/7(5.0 =++=b

1962218.02

18000=×=M

spaterspater

Page 94: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

94

94

Bending stress = 159824003069.02

5.019622

×=

IMD

Allowable bending stress = 180000

Reserve factor = 180000/159824 = 1.13

Failure by lug portion of fitting:

Failure by tension tear out:

Applied ultimate stress = 85333375.0)625.0875.1(

18000=

×−

Allowable Ultimate stress = 125000

Reserve factor = 125000/85333 = 1.46

Failure by shear tear out

Applied Ultimate stress = 853482812.0375.02

18000=

××

Allowable Ultimate stress = 110913

Reserve factor = 110913/85348 = 1.3

Failure by bending:

Applied Ultimate stress = 76800375.0625.0

18000=

×

Allowable Ultimate bearing stress = 180000

Reserve factor = 180000/76800 = 2.34

Problem 2:

Lug = 7075-T6 = 80ksi

Bush = steel-HT = 180ksi

Pin = steel min.-HT = 200ksi

spaterspater

Page 95: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

95

95

Ultimate applied load = 75

Fitting factor = 1.15

Ultimate applied load = 25.8615.175 =×

Failure by bolt shear:

Allowable ultimate load PU = 7.1762004

75.0222

=××

×=××π

sfA

Ultimate applied load = 86.25

Reserve factor = 176.7/86.25 = 2

Failure by bolt bending:

gtt

b ++=4221

375.0475.0

2375.0

=+=b

17.162375.025.86 =×=M

Applied bending stress = 39061553.02

75.017.16=

××

Allowable bending stress = 460215.1200 =××

Reserve factor = 460/390 = 1.2

spaterspater

Page 96: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

96

96

Failure of lug portion of fitting:

Failure by tension tear out:

Applied ultimate stress = 74.5975.0)25.1175.3(

8625=

×−

Allowable ultimate tensile stress = 80

Reserve factor = 80/59.74 = 1.39

Failure by shear tear out:

Applied ultimate shear stress = 46)625.0875.1(75.02

25.86=

−×

Allowable ultimate shear stress = 48

Reserve factor = 48/46 = 1.05

Failure by bending

Applied ultimate bearing stress = 67.3075.075.3

25.86=

×

Allowable ultimate bearing stress = 80

Reserve factor = 80/30.67 = 2.6

spaterspater

Page 97: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

97

97

4. MEMBER IN BENDING

In this section we will discuss the analysis of structures that are under the action

of pure bending. As such, there will be no transverse shear force along the beam section

considered. The problems of beam bending considered here are based on the Euler-Bernoulli

Beam Theory.

In this section we will examine the problems in which the bending moment is

applied either symmetrically or unsymmetrically on homogeneous or non-homogeneous beams.

In addition, we will discuss the elastic and inelastic bending of beams having symmetric or

unsymmetric cross sections. The determination of neutral axis location for elastic and inelastic

beams will also be discussed. The variation of bending-induced normal stresses on the beam

cross section will be shown in several example problems. Finally, in this section we will discuss

the bending of curved beams including the determination of the neutral axis and distribution of

normal stresses.

4.1 Introduction

4.1-1 Rectangular Moments of Inertia and Product of Inertia

4.1-2 Parallel Axis Theorem

4.2 Elastic Bending of Homogeneous Beams

4.3 Elastic Bending of Non-homogeneous Beams

4.4 Inelastic Bending of Homogeneous Beams

4.5 Elastic Bending of Curved Beams

4.6 Miscellaneous Problems

spaterspater

Page 98: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

98

98

4.1 Introduction To Bending:

The straight beam section under consideration is in the state of pure bending (i.e.,

transverse shear force is zero along this section). Consequently, as the beam bends, plane

sections remain plane but rotate relative to each other as shown in the figure below.

As illustrated in the figure the top surface of the beam is shortened due to compression, and the

bottom surface is elongated due to tension - both as a result of bending moment M. By

examining the figure below, it becomes apparent that at some location between the top and

bottom surfaces of the beam there is a surface whose length is the same as the original length of

the straight beam. This surface is neither in tension nor in compression, therefore, it is referred to

as the "Neutral Surface". The intersection of the neutral surface with the plane of the beam cross

section is called the "Neutral Axis".

Since the beam cross section only rotates without warping, the slope of the cross sectional plane

is constant, indicating that axial deflection due to bending is linear. This finding implies that in

originally-straight beams in pure bending, the axial strain must also vary linearly with zero value

at the Neutral Axis.

Note: The linearity of axial strain is a consequence of beam being (a) originally straight, and (b)

in pure-bending state. Therefore, no additional restriction such as material property or elasticity

is imposed. Now we impose additional restrictions: (c) bending stresses remain below material's

elastic stress limit, (d) stress-strain relationship is linear.

As a result of restrictions (c) and (d), Hooke's law may be used.

spaterspater

Page 99: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

99

99

In summary it can be said that in elastic and homogeneous beams, the Neutral Axis, NA always

passes through the centroid of the cross section with its orientation determined according to the

shape of the cross section and the orientation of the bending moment.

The stress and strain variations for some elastic beams are given below.

Examples

• (a) Elastic, homogeneous beam with doubly symmetric cross section.

• (b) Elastic, homogeneous beam with symmetric cross section.

• (c) Elastic, non-homogeneous beam with doubly symmetric cross section.

I. Elastic, homogeneous beam with doubly symmetric cross section

II. Elastic, homogeneous beam with symmetric cross section

III. Elastic, non-homogeneous beam with doubly symmetric cross section

spaterspater

Page 100: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

100

100

4.2 STRESS ANALYSIS OF BEAM:

For robust and stable sections in pure bending the allowable stresses if not give

separately may be taken from the 0.2% proof stress in Tension. For sections in pure bending the

allowable stresses for ultimate analysis may be increased by applying a form factor. This factor

depends upon the shape of the section. It is assumed that the beam section is homogeneous, that

is, made of same material

Applied Load = P

Cross Section Area = A

Neutral Axis = NA

Flange Thickness = b

For ideal section:

Height = h

Flange Thickness = t

Bending Moment = M

Moment of Inertia = I

Shear load = V

spaterspater

Page 101: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

101

101

4.3 BENDING STRESS:

4.3.1 Limit Stress Analysis:

Working Stress σy = My/I,

Allowable proof bending stress = be.

Reserve Factor = be/ σy

Shear stress at any layer τxy = VQ/IB

Average Shear Load τavg = V/th

4.3.2 Ultimate Stress Analysis:

Ultimate working Stress = σy* Factor of safety

Allowable ultimate bending stress = fbe* form factor

Reserve Factor = fbe form factor/actual ultimate bending stress.

Form factor for standard sections:

Shape of the section Form factor

Square 1.5

Rectangle 1.5

In x axis 2.343 Equilateral Triangle

In y axis 2

In x axis 2.343 Isosceles Triangle

In y axis 2

Solid circle 1.698

In x axis 1.856 Solid semicircle

In y axis 1.698

Solid ellipse 1.698

For further of form factor refer ESDU data sheets from 01.06.01 to 01.06.03

spaterspater

Page 102: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

102

102

4.3.3 Rectangular Moments and Product of Inertia

The second moments of an area, or rectangular moments of inertia, of an area with respect to

the x and y axes - shown in the figure above - are defined as

The product of inertia of this general shape is defined as

In this course, the cross-sectional areas consist of simple geometric shapes, therefore, their

moments of inertia can be calculated by a simple summation as opposed to the integral equations

shown.

spaterspater

Page 103: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

103

103

4.3.4 Parallel Axis Theorem

The parallel axis theorem is used for finding the rectangular moment of inertia

about an axis different from the centroidal axis of the section. For the figure below the centroidal

rectangular moments of inertia are determined using

Using the parallel axis theorem, the moments of inertia about axes XX and YY parallel to the

centroidal axes x and y can be determined as

The parallel axis theorem is useful for finding the centroidal moments of inertia of a cross

section composed of several simpler geometric parts as shown below.

spaterspater

Page 104: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

104

104

The cross section is broken up into several simple shapes, the individual moments of inertia are

found, then the moments of inertia about the centroidal axes of the entire section are found using

parallel axis theorem.

Usually the broken pieces are made up of rectangles. From mechanics of materials, the x and y

moments of inertia of a rectangle are

spaterspater

Page 105: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

105

105

Example 1

For the cross section shown, determine the

(a) Moment of inertia about the horizontal centroidal axis, x

(b) Moment of inertia about the vertical centroidal axis, y

(c) Product of inertia

EQUATIONS USED

spaterspater

Page 106: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

106

106

SOLUTION

The cross section is broken up into separate section.

The centroid of the cross section is located at: Note that (2.5) in xbar equation should be (0.25).

The final answer for x bar is correct, however.

The moments of inertia for each rectangular section are

spaterspater

Page 107: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

107

107

(a) Now, using the parallel axis theorem, we calculate the moment of inertia of the entire cross

section about the horizontal x axis:

'y' is the distance from the centroid of the cross section to the centroid of each particular

rectangle.

(b) Now, using the parallel axis theorem, we calculate the moment of inertia of the entire cross

section about the vertical y axis:

'x' is the distance from the centroid of the cross section to the centroid of each particular

rectangle.

spaterspater

Page 108: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

108

108

(c) The product of inertia is determined as

'x' and 'y' terms in this equation are the same as those defined above. Note that the product of

inertia is zero as the cross section has one axis of symmetry, i.e., the y axis.

EXAMPLE

For the skin-stringer cross section shown, determine the

(a) Moment of inertia about the centroidal x axis

(b) Moment of inertia about the centroidal y axis

(c) Product of inertia

Equations Used

spaterspater

Page 109: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

109

109

SOLUTION

This is a lumped area cross section. Unless otherwise stated, the moment of inertia of the skin

can safely be ignored, this leaves only the moment of inertia due to the lumped areas.

Often the actual moments of inertia for the individual lumped areas are not given. This is

because the first component in the parallel axis theorem, in comparison to the second, is very

small in such configurations.

To demonstrate this, the moment of inertia will be found using the complete equation, then

found by ignoring the first component of the parallel axis theorem.

With respect to the bottom left stringer, the centroid is located at

The complete moments of inertia are:

spaterspater

Page 110: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

110

110

Now by just using the second component in the parallel axis theorem, we get

The error in Ix is 5.9% and that in Iy is 0.5%. In a real situation the difference is around 0.5%.

The product of inertia is

As expected, the product of inertia is zero because of symmetry

Example

For the skin-stringer cross section shown, determine the

(a) Moment of inertia about the centroidal x axis

spaterspater

Page 111: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

111

111

(b) Moment of inertia about the centroidal y axis

(c) Product of inertia

EQUATIONS USED

SOLUTION

With respect to stiffener 'A', the centroid is located at

The rectangular moments and product of inertia are:

spaterspater

Page 112: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

112

112

Because the cross section is not symmetrical about the x or the y axis, the product of inertia is

not zero.

Example

For the skin-stringer cross section shown, determine the

(a) Moment of inertia about the centroidal x axis

(b) Moment of inertia about the centroidal y axis

(c) Product of inertia

spaterspater

Page 113: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

113

113

Equations Used

Solution

With respect to the yellow stiffener with the area of 2 sq in , the centroid is located at

The rectangular moments and product of inertia are

spaterspater

Page 114: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

114

114

Because the cross section is not symmetrical about x or y axis, the product of inertia is not zero.

4.4 Elastic Bending of Homogeneous Beams

The general bending stress equation for elastic, homogeneous beams is given as

(II.1)

where Mx and My are the bending moments about the x and y centroidal axes, respectively. Ix

and Iy are the second moments of area (also known as moments of inertia) about the x and y

axes, respectively, and Ixy is the product of inertia. Using this equation it would be possible to

calculate the bending stress at any point on the beam cross section regardless of moment

orientation or cross-sectional shape. Note that Mx, My, Ix, Iy, and Ixy are all unique for a given

spaterspater

Page 115: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

115

115

section along the length of the beam. In other words, they will not change from one point to

another on the cross section. However, the x and y variables shown in the equation correspond to

the coordinates of a point on the cross section at which the stress is to be determined.

Sign Convention on Bending Moment Components Mx and My:

As far as the general bending stress equation is concerned, if a moment

component puts the first quadrant of the beam cross section in compression, it is treated as

positive (see the examples shown below). Notice that this is just a sign convention for the

moment components and should not be confused with the sign associated with the bending

stress.

spaterspater

Page 116: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

116

116

Neutral Axis:

When a homogeneous beam is subjected to elastic bending, the neutral axis (NA)

will pass through the centroid of its cross section, but the orientation of the NA depends on the

orientation of the moment vector and the cross sectional shape of the beam.

When the loading is unsymmetrical (at an angle) as seen in the figure below, the NA will also be

at some angle - NOT necessarily the same angle as the bending moment.

Realizing that at any point on the neutral axis, the bending strain and stress are zero, we can use

the general bending stress equation to find its orientation. Setting the stress to zero and solving

for the slope y/x gives

(II.2)

A positive angle is defined as counter clockwise from the horizontal centroidal axis.

spaterspater

Page 117: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

117

117

Notice that we can use the equation for orientation of NA to examine special cases. For example,

if the cross section has an axis of symmetry, Ixy = 0. In addition if only Mx is applied, then NA

will have angle of zero which is consistent with what we would expect from mechanics of

materials.

From this equation, we see that the orientation of NA is a function of both loading condition as

well as cross sectional geometry.

Example 1

For the cross section and loading shown, determine

• (a) Neutral axis location and orientation,

• (b) Bending stress distribution,

• (c) Location and magnitude of the maximum bending stress.

Assume that the stresses due to the applied load do not exceed the elastic limit.

Use the Java screen shown below to modify this example and see the results.

Equation Used:

spaterspater

Page 118: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

118

118

Solution

(a) As seen in the figure above, the cross section is symmetric about the horizontal axis,

therefore, the product of inertia is zero in this case. Furthermore, with the bending moment

applied about the x axis, the y component of moment is zero. As a result of the previous two

conditions, the NA orientation according to eqn. A13.15 will be horizontal - passing through the

centroid as expected. This problem is an example of symmetric bending.

NOTE: There is no need to find the horizontal position of centroid because there is no need to

calculate the moment of inertia about the y axis as y component of bending moment is zero.

(b) Because of the conditions stated in part (a) of solution, eq. A13.13 reduces to

The bending stress distribution will be linear with a zero value at the NA.

(c) In this case, the maximum stress is at the farthest point from the NA. Because of horizontal

symmetry about the NA, the stress at the top and bottom of the section will have equal

magnitude with the one on top being compressive. To get the maximum value of stress, the

reduced equation given previously will be used.

The moment of inertia about the x axis is

This makes the maximum bending stress

spaterspater

Page 119: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

119

119

Example 2

For the cross section and loading shown, determine

• (a) Neutral axis location and orientation,

• (b) Location and magnitude of the maximum bending stress.

Assume that the stresses due to the applied load do not exceed the elastic limit. Also assume that

each lenght shown is measured to the middle of the adjacent member.

Use the Java screen shown below to change the problem data and see the results.

Equations Used:

spaterspater

Page 120: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

120

120

Solution

(a) As seen in the figure above, this is a symmetric cross section with

unsymmetric loading. The response will be an unsymmetric bending.

With the product of inertia being zero due to cross-sectional symmetry, we need to calculate the

components of the applied bending moment and the rectangular moments of inertia in order to

determine the orientation of NA.

The components of bending moment are:

By examinning the applied moment, it is clear that both of its components will produce

compression on the first quadrant, hence, they are both positive.

To calculate the rectangular moments of inertia, it is necessary to know the location of the

centroid. Due to horizontal symmetry only the horizontal coordinate of centroid need to be

calculated as its vertical coordinate is known due to symmetry.

The moments of inertia about the x and y axes are

spaterspater

Page 121: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

121

121

The neutral axis will pass through the centroid with an angle of

(b) The maximum axial stress is at the farthest point from the NA, either at point A, B, C, or D.

To get the stress values, use equation A13.13 at all four points. With the product of inertia equal

to zero A13.13 reduces to

spaterspater

Page 122: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

122

122

The bending stresses at point A, B, C, and D are

The results indicate that the maximum bending stress is at point B

Example 3

For the cross section and loading shown, determine

• (a) Neutral axis location and orientation,

• (b) Location and magnitude of the maximum bending stress.

Assume that the stresses due to the applied load do not exceed the elastic limit. Also assume that

each length shown is measured to the middle of the adjacent member.

spaterspater

Page 123: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

123

123

Use the Java screen below to change problem data and see the results.

Equations Used

Solution

This problem requires more analysis as both the loading and cross-sectional shape are

unsymmetric. The procedure is similar to the previous example. First need to find the centroid,

moments of inertia about the x and y axes, and the product of inertia.

The centroid is at

and the moments of inertia and product of inertia are

spaterspater

Page 124: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

124

124

The components of the applied bending moment are determined as

The x component is negative because it causes tension in the first quadrant.

(a) Since this is a homogeneous section, and it is assumed to be within its elastic limits, the

neutral axis will pass through the centroid. Its angle with respect to the x axis is

(b) The maximum bending stress occurs at the farthest point from the NA, either at point A or B.

Therefore, point B is the location of maximum bending stress.

spaterspater

Page 125: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

125

125

Example 4

The skin-stringer wing section shown is subjected to a bending moment Mo which acts in the

vertical plane putting the top surface in compression. Determine:

• (a) the location of the neutral axis (NA) and its orientation;

• (b) the largest permissible value of Mo if the maximum stress in the wing is not to exceed

12 ksi;

• (c) the stresses normal to the plane of the cross section in all stiffeners.

Equations Used:

spaterspater

Page 126: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

126

126

Solution

Since the cross section is not symmetric, the product of inertia will not be zero. With the

reference point at stiffener 14, the centriod of this cross section is obtained first. Then the

rectangular moments of inertia and product of inertia are determined.

(a) Since the wing section is elastic, the NA passes through the centroid. Equation A13.15 gives

Note that Mx = Mo and My = 0 in this problem.

spaterspater

Page 127: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

127

127

(b) The simplest way to find the largest permissible Mo is to pick out a few candidate stiffeners

that appear the farthest from the NA. Then use equation A13.13 to solve for Mo by fixing the

stress at 12,000 psi. The lowest moment will be the answer as it will not induce a bending stress

at any point above the allowable value of 12,000 psi.

In this case, stiffener 12 will have the maximum stress because it is the farthest from the NA.

Therefore, largest permissible moment is

(c) Use Momax for Mx in Eq. A13.13 to solve for stress in each stiffener.

spaterspater

Page 128: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

128

128

4.5 Elastic Bending of Non-Homogeneous Beams

Recall that in pure bending the normal strain variation is linear with a value of

zero at the neutral axis. Before we discuss the relationship between stress and bending moment,

let's first determine the location of NA. The equilibrium condition requires the sum of normal

forces to go to zero. Mathematically, this is expressed as

Considering a section made of two different materials with Young's moduli identified by E1 and

E2 and with stresses below the elastic limit of each material, we can write

Where yB is the distance from the NA to the bottom surface, yi is the distance from the NA to the

material interface and yT is the distance to the top surface. Using the linear equation for strain

variation gives

spaterspater

Page 129: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

129

129

Factoring out the common terms and E1 gives

A close examination of this equation reveals that the bracketed term must be equal to zero.

However, the ratio of E2 to E1 in front of the second term inside the brackets indicates that

neutral axis will pass through the centroid of the modified homogeneous section, one with

material 2 replaced with an equivalent material 1. This fact is captured in the figure below with

the condition that E2 > E1.

Notice that only the width of the section is modified while its height is kept the same. This

condition would have been reversed if the bending moment was applied about the vertical axis.

The moment equation is written as

For the case of a section made of two different materials, as shown above, the integral is divided

into two parts, one for each elastic material. Notice that y is measured from the neutral axis.

spaterspater

Page 130: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

130

130

Using the linear normal strain variation we get

Factoring out the constant terms and normalizing with respect to E1 we get

The terms inside the brackets represent the moment of inertia of the modified homogeneous

section about the neutral axis, and can be expressed as

Substituting this into the previous equation and solving for the stress gives

This equation can be used to calculate the bending stress only for the portion that is made of

material 1. To calculate the bending stress in the portion that is made of material 2, it should be

multiplied by the ratio of Young's moduli of the two materials as

The procedure described above is known as the Modified Section Method, and is used in the

analysis of elastic non-homogeneous beam sections in bending.

Example Problems

• Example 1 Design of an elastic, non-homogeneous beam under horizontal bending

moment

spaterspater

Page 131: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

131

131

Example

A bending moment of 74,734 N-m is applied to a uniform composite beam shown in the figure

below. If the allowable stress for steel is 250 MPa and the allowable stress for aluminum is 100

MPa, what is the minimum width of the 5-mm thick steel plates attached to the aluminum I-

beam. Also determine the neutral axis location and bending stress distribution.

Equations Used:

Solution

Since this is a doubly symmetric cross section, the centroid will be located at the

center. This is true for both the original and the modified cross sections. With the applied

moment acting about the horizontal axis, the NA will be horizontal in this case. From inspection,

it is known that the maximum strain will occur in the steel plates. Also, with steel being the

stiffest of the two materials it is very likely that it will carry more stress.

To calculate the modified moment of inertia, the entire section is modified to all aluminum. The

modified moment of inertia in terms of w is

spaterspater

Page 132: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

132

132

Let the steel plates be stressed to their limit. The top plate will have the same stress and strain as

the bottom plate because of symmetry.

Check the stress at the farthest point in the aluminum part.

Use the stress equation and solve for the width

The bending stress distribution for this cross section is

spaterspater

Page 133: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

133

133

Alternate Solution

4.6 Inelastic Bending of Homogeneous Beams

In this section we will first dicuss the inelastic behavior of beams in pure bending,

and then elaborate on the method of analysis that we can use in such problems.

Inelastic behavior is possible in beams that are made of ductile materials, and as such can be

loaded beyond the elastic limit or proportional limit of the material. This implies that the

ultimate load carrying capability of a ductile beam is higher than its maximum elastic load. How

much higher depends on mechanical properties of the beam material.

Naturally, the behavior of a beam in inelastic bending depends upon the shape of the material's

stress-strain diagram. If the stress-strain diagram is known, it is possible to determine stress

corresponding to a particular value of strain.

As in previous discussions we will assume that the material can be idealized as an elastoplastic

material with maximum stress being the elastic limit stress, and the maximum strain being

considerably higher than the elastic limit strain. It is possible for the elastoplastic material to

have different characteristics in tension and in compression. For instance the corresponding

spaterspater

Page 134: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

134

134

elastic limit values and even the Young's moduli may be different. This tends to complicate the

analysis to a certain degree.

Assumptions:

The analysis of an inelastic beam is based on the assumption that plane cross sections of a beam

remain plane under pure bending, a condition that is valid for both nonlinear and linear

materials. Therefore, normal strain in an inelastic beam varies linearly over the cross section of

the beam.

Restrictions:

a. Beam has a symmetric cross section. It is not necessary for it to be doubly symmetric.

b. Beam is loaded symmetrically, moment is acting about either the x or the y centroidal axis.

Neutral Axis Location:The neutral axis of beams in inelastic bending may or may not pass

through the centroid of the cross section.

spaterspater

Page 135: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

135

135

The following diagrams show the variations of bending strain and stress across a rectangular

beam section ranging from fully elastic to fully plastic condition. Notice that the material is

assumed to be elastoplastic with elastic limit in tension equal in magnitude to that in

compression.

Notice that the N.A. conicides with the horizontal centroidal axis even as the beam becomes

fully plastic.

If in the previous example the stress-strain variation in compression was different from that in

tension, then the position of N.A. would no longer coincide with the horizontal centroidal axis as

beam is loaded beyond its elastic limit.

Notice that the resultant axial force is zero as the net compression force balances against the net

tension force acting on the cross section.

spaterspater

Page 136: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

136

136

In such beam problems, the location of N.A. coincides with the horizontal centroidal axis when

the beam is elastic. However, as it is loaded beyond the elastic limit, N.A. shift either up or down

relative to the centroid depending on whether the material can carry more tension or

compression. The farthest position of N.A. is determined by checking the cross-sectional stress

variation for a fully plastic condition.

Helpful Observations in Inelastic Bending:

1. If the stress-strain variations in tension and compression are the same, then

a. N.A. coincides with the centroidal axis (same as moment axis) if the cross section is

symmetric about that axis.

b. N.A. does not conicide with the centroidal axis if the cross section is unsymmetric about that

axis.

2. If the stress-strain variations in tension and compression are different, then

N.A. does not coincide with the centroidal axis regardless of cross-sectional symmetry about that

axis.

Determination of a Beam's Moment Capacity:

1. Check the stress-strain variations in compression and tension. Is there a difference between

elastic limit stress in tension from that in compression?

2. Is the moment acting about the axis of symmetry or not?

3.

Case A. Moment is acting about the axis of symmetry and material properties in compression

and tension are the same.

• Maximum elastic moment is determined from the simplified form of Eq. (II.1)

• Inelastic moment for some given value of maximum strain less than fully-plastic strain is

found from the moment equilibrium equation. First determine the strain variation (remember it is

spaterspater

Page 137: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

137

137

linear in linearly elastic materials) across the beam. Then relate the strain variation to stress

variation by checking the stress-strain diagram. Finally write the integral relating the bending

moment to the stress distribution across the beam, and solve for the bending moment.

• Fully-plastic bending moment is obtained by drawing the stress pattern over the beam

cross section. Keep in mind that in this case the location of N.A. is the same as centroidal axis or

axis of symmetry in this case. Calculate the resultant force in compression, and resultant force in

tension. Sum moments about the N.A. and find the total bending moment on the beam.

Case B. Moment is acting about the axis of symmetry but material properties in compression and

tension are different.

• Maximum elastic moment is determined from the simplified form of Eq. (II.1).

• Inelastic moment for some given value of maximum strain less than fully-plastic strain is

found from the moment equilibrium equation. However, in this case the N.A. position is

unknown. Therefore, an iterative solution based on a guessed position of N.A. is required. Guess

a position for N.A. relative to the centroidal axis moment is acting about. From linearity of

strain, determine the strain variation, then relate the strains to stresses and use the axial force

equilibrium equation, and see whether the sum of forces goes to zero or not. If it goes to zero,

then the location of N.A. is correct. Otherwise, guess again, and repeat the procedure. Once the

location of N.A. is found, go to the moment-stress integral equation and solve for the value of

moment.

• Fully-plastic bending moment is obtained by drawing the stress pattern over the beam

cross section. Here once again the location of N.A. is unknown. However, we know the maxium

stress in compression as well as in tension. With the stress being constant in the tension side and

constant in the compression side. No iteration is necessary here as the location of N.A. can be

determined by summing the axial forces to zero and determining the height of compression and

tension portions of the cross section. Once N.A. position is known, then proceed with

determining the moment summation about the N.A. to obtain the fully-plastic bending moment.

Case C. Moment is acting about a centroidal axis which is not an axis of symmetry, and material

properties in compression and tension are different. Example 1 below deals with such a problem.

Example

For the beam section and loading shown, determine

spaterspater

Page 138: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

138

138

• (a) the maximum elastic bending moment that can be applied

• (b) the inelastic bending moment resulting in a strain of 0.003 at the bottom edge

• (c) the maximum (or fully-plastic) bending moment.

Equations Used

Solution

We must first find the location of centroid and the moment of inertia about the horizontal

centroidal axis (x axis)

The moment of inertia about the x axis is all that is needed because with the product of inertia Ixy

equal to zero and no moment about the y axis, the general elastic bending formula reduces to

spaterspater

Page 139: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

139

139

(a) Because the elastic-limit stress in the tension side of the stress-strain diagram is less than that

in the compression side, the tensile limit will be the maximum stress allowable. Since the bottom

side is in tension, let the stress at that location be equal to the limit of 45,000 Pa. This gives a

maximum moment of

Now, check the top to make sure the compressive stress doesn't exceed its limit (60,000 Pa).

Therefore, the maximum elastic moment is

The strain and stress diagrams corresponding to the maximum elastic moment are shown below.

Notice that the NA in this case coincides with the horizontal centroidal axis (x axis).

spaterspater

Page 140: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

140

140

(b) We know the elastic-limit strain in tension and compression to be

With the strain at the bottom now at 0.003, the elastic-inelastic interface, so to speak, is at some

location between the NA and the bottom surface. Since stress-strain variations in tension and

compression are different in the inelastic region, the NA will not pass through the centroid.

Therefore, NA will not coincide with the x axis in this case. However, the NA will be parallel to

the x axis. So we know its orientation but not its location. The location of NA is found through

an iterative process.

Assume NA is @ 68.333 mm from the bottom. Through similar triangles, the elastic-inelastic

interface can be found

spaterspater

Page 141: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

141

141

If the location of NA is correct, then the summation of forces in the normal direction must be

zero.

Based on the stress diagram shown above, the force equation is written as

spaterspater

Page 142: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

142

142

Since the sum of axial force components is not zero, the assumed location of NA is incorrect.

The negative value indicates that the NA must be moved in the compression side as to reduce the

area which is in compression or to increase the area in tension. For the second guess, assume NA

to be @ 80 mm from the bottom surface and repeat the procedure.

spaterspater

Page 143: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

143

143

The force sum is now positive indicating that the correct location of NA is somewhere between

the two locations assumed previously. Using linear interpolation, we come up with the third

guess

Using linear interpolation again and finding the summation of forces yields

spaterspater

Page 144: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

144

144

The result is satisfactory. Now with the location of the NA known, the moment corresponding to

the strain of 0.003 at the bottom side can be calculated.

(c) To find the fully-plastic moment, we must first determine the location of NA resulting in the

total axial force to go to zero. In this case, there is no linear stress region. The compression and

tension sides are under the state of constant stress equal to the corresponding maximum stress

values.

spaterspater

Page 145: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

145

145

Using the stress variation shown above and the corresponding force summation, we find the

location of NA as follows

The fully-plastic moment is found to be

spaterspater

Page 146: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

146

146

The results indicate that in this case the fully-plastic moment is 57% larger than the maximum

elastic bending moment. We also saw in this problem that the location of neutral axis changed

depending on the magnitude of M. The two factors having the most influence on the results are:

(a) Different material elastic limits in tension and compression, and (b) Unsymmetric cross

section with respect to the moment axis.

4.7 Elastic Bending of Curved Beams

The discussion, so far of beams in pure bending, has been restricted to beams that

are straight before moment is applied. This is no longer true in this section as the beams are

initially curved. Curved beams are encountered at various places in aerospace structures. For

instance, the frames or rings in airplane fuselage are basically curved beams. To analyze curved

beams we must clarify the assumptions and restrictions of the analysis.

Assumptions:

a. Cross sections of the curved beam remain plane after moment is applied.

b. Material used is linearly elastic.

Restrictions:

a. Beam must have a uniform cross section along its length.

b. Beam segment considered has a constant radius of curvature.

c. Beam cross section must possess at least one axis of symmetry so the product of inertia is

zero.

d. Bending moment is applied perpendicular to radius of curvature of the beam.

e. Bending stresses must remain below the elastic limit.

In general for beams having radii of curvature much longer than their depths, the elastic bending

formula gives fairly reasonable results for bending stresses. However, for more accurate

calculation of stresses especially when the radius of curvature is of the same order of magnitude

as the beam's depth, then we must use Winkler's method of analysis.

In curved beams, the assumption of plane sections remain plane after loading is still valid.

However, since the length of the beam varies from its top surface to the bottom surface, the

strain variation is no longer linear, instead it is hyperbolic. This is evident by the equations

below.

spaterspater

Page 147: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

147

147

Euqations To Remember

These two equations show that stress and strain vary hyperbolically along the cross section.

Unlike in the case of straight elastic beams, the neutral axis does not pass through the centroid of

the cross section. Rather, it is located somewhere between the centroid of the cross section and

the center of curvature of the beam. Its exact location can be determined by the equation given

below.

The differnetial area 'dA' is chosen in such a way that makes the evalution of the integral in the

denominator fairly easy. The closed form equation for 'R' for some simple cross-sectional shapes

are given in the figure below.

The radius of curvature, measured from the center of curvature to the centroid of the cross

section, is determined by

spaterspater

Page 148: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

148

148

Using the moment equilibrium equation along with the Hooke's law, the bending stress in terms

of moment is obtained as

where

or

The sign associated with the moment is positive if the moment tends to increase the curvature. It

is negative if it tends to decrease the curvature, or flatten the curved beam.

Strain is determined from Hooke's law as

Although the stress and strain variations along the cross section of the curved beam are

hyperbolic, Hooke's law is still valid because the material is linearly elastic, i.e., stress-strain

relation is linear.

4.8 Miscellaneous Problems:

Problem 1:

Material 168T6511

Allowable stress = 370Mpa

For simply supported beam

spaterspater

Page 149: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

149

149

NRRF BA 12100=+=∑

0=∑ AM

061030512500 =−× BR

NRB 6050610

30512100=

×=

RA=6050

Bending Moment diagram at B = 0

at c = mmN −=× 18400003056050

at A = 0305121006106050 =×−×

M for limit load at mid section is 1840000N-mm

spaterspater

Page 150: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

150

150

22 b

MyorII

Myb ><

mmy 252/50 ==

Required 4124000124324370

251840000 mmI x ==×

>

Design xI should be greater than require xI

Let t = 5, b = 50

4343

113

25400012

40501250

1212mmdbbdI x =

×−=−=

Allowable stress = 370Mpa

Actual stress = MpaI

My 181254000

251840000=

×=

Form Factor

x

x

IyZ 0

13250455504405)(

4

2

1

21 =××+

×=++= tdbttdZ x

Form factor = 3.1254000

2513250=

×

Reserve factor = 04.2181370

=

spaterspater

Page 151: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

151

151

4.8.1 Bending Stress in Symmetrical Section:

Example 1:

Rectangular beam 300mm deep is simply supported for a span of 4m What a UDL of the

beam may carry , if the bending stress is not to exceed 120N/mm2 Take I = 8*106 mm4.

Given Data:

mmd 300= mml 4000= 46108 mmI ×=

mmdy 1802== 2120 mmNf =

M = Bending Moment

M for udl and Simply Supported beam at centre beam 8

2wlM =8

)4000( 2w= w6102×=

Also

yfIM = mmN −×=

××= 6

6

104.6150

108120

6104.62000000 ×=× w

22.3 mmNw =

spaterspater

Page 152: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

152

152

Example 2:

A timber beam of rectangular section is to support a load of 8 tonnes of UDL over a span

of 3.6m. If the depth is twice the breadth and stressing timber not to exceed 70 Kg/cm2. Find the

dimension of cross-section. How the cross-section is modified if there is a concentrated load

placed at the centre with same ratio of breadth and depth

Given Data :

tw 2= 270 cmkgf = bDepthd ×== 2

cmml 3606.3 == Breadthb = bdy == 2

M = Moment at centre of beam

Z = Section modulus = 3

26

)2(6

322 bbbbd=

×=

For UDL Moment at centre of beam 88

22 wlwlM ==8

6.32 2×= mt −= 24.3

= cmkg −× 310324

fZM = cmkgbb −=×=3

14032703

3

33

10903

140×=

b

6.1928140

10903 33 =

××=b

5.12=b 25=d

spaterspater

Page 153: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

153

153

For concentrated load

8.14

==wlM cmkg −×= 310180

cmdcmb

b

b

3216

3857140

101803

101803

140

33

33

==

=××

=

×=

4.8.2 Bending Stress in Unsymmetrical Section:

Example 1:

A beam of I section shown is subjected to a bending moment of 500 kg-m at its

neutral axis .Find the maximum stress induced in the beam.

Sl.no. Area y Area×y

1 1226 =× 132212 =+ 156

2 20210 =× 72102 =+ 140

3 20210 =× 122 = 20

∑ 52 21 316

)(

)(Area

yAreay∑

×∑=

spaterspater

Page 154: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

154

154

Sl.no. 123bd A h 2b 2Ah 1232 bdAh +

1 4

1226 3

12 13-

6=7

49 588 588+4 592

2 67.166

12102 3

20 7-6=1 1 20 20+166.67 186.67

3 667

12210 3

20 6-1=5 25 500 500+6.67 506.67

∑ 1285.34

43 1285)12( cmbdAhI ×+∑=

Distance of upper extreme fibre 8614 =−=Cy

Distance of lower extreme fibre 6=Ty

8=∴ y

Example 2:

A simply supported beam and its cross-section are shown the beam carries a load

P=1000kg self weight is 350 kg/cm (UDL). Calculate normal stress at a-a. Also find out

maximum stress in beam.

Taking moment about A

236.33504.210006.3 ××+×=×BR

kgRB 12976.3

4668==

kgRA 9631297)6.33501000( =−×+=

spaterspater

Page 155: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

155

155

Moment about a-a

mkgM −=××−×= 6.90322.12.13502.1963 =90360 kg-cm

Sl.no. Area Y Area*y

1 30×20=600 30/2=15 9000

2 7.176)154( 2 −=×− π 20 -3534

3 423..3 5466

)()(

AreayAreay

∑×∑

= 133.423

5466≈=

Sl.no. 123bd A h 2h 2Ah 23 12 Ahbd +

1 45000123020 3 =× 600 (15-

13)=2

4 2400 47400

2 248564154 =×π -176.7 (20-

13)=7

49 8658.3 -11143

∑ 36257

Distance of upper extreme fibre 171330 =−=Cy

Distance of lower extreme fibre 13=Ty

17=∴ y

yf

IM

= , yI

Mf = 2/6.42173625790360 cmkg=×=

To find out maximum stress in beam

spaterspater

Page 156: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

156

156

4.1304max =M

2/2.6117362571304 cmkgf =×=

Example 3:

A cross-section of beam is shown in the figure. The beam is made of material

with permissible stress in compression and tension equal to 1000 kg/cm2 respectively. Calculate

the moment of resistance of the cross-section when subjected to a moment causing compression

at top and tension bottom.

Also calculate compression at top flange and tension in bottom flange corresponding to this

moment.

2/1000 cmkgfC =

2/1400 cmkgfT =

spaterspater

Page 157: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

157

157

Sl.no. Area y Area×y 12/3bd h 2h 2Ah 23

12Ahbh

+

1 20×8=160 32+8/2=36 5760

853312/820 3

=× 24-

36=12

144 23040 23893

2 28×6=168 4+28/2=18 3024

1097612/286 3

=× 24-

18=6

36 6048 17024

3 10×4=40 4/2=2 80

3.5312/410 3

=× 24-

2=22

484 19360 19413

∑ 368 8864 60330

cmArea

yAreay 24368

8864)(

)(==

∑×∑

=

423 60330)12/( cmAhbdI =+∑=

Distance of upper extreme fibre 164024 =−=Cy

Distance of lower extreme fibre 24=Ty

y=24

yfIM /=

cmkgIyf

MC

C −=×=×= 37706256033016

10001

cmkgIyfM

T

T −=×=×= 35192506033024

14002

spaterspater

Page 158: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

158

158

Moment of resistance of cross section will be least of M1 and M2

∴ It is 3519250 kg-cm

for M=3519250

3.9331660330

3519250=×== y

IMfC

Stress at bottom of top flange = 2/5.46616/8933 cmkg=×

Stress at top of bottom flange = 2/6.116724/201400 cmkg=×

Compression in top flange:

Area = 2160820 cm=×

Total compression = Area×Average compression stress

kg1119602

5.466933160 =+

×=

Tension in bottom flange:

Area 240104 cm=×=

Total tension =Area×Average tensile stress

kg513522

6.1167140040 =+

×=

spaterspater

Page 159: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

159

159

4.8.3 Beams of Uniform Strength:

Example 1:

A horizontal cantilever beam 3m long is having a rectangular cross section 60mm

wide of throughout its length and depth varying uniformly from 60mm at free end to 180mm at

fixed end. Find the position of higher stressed section and value of maximum bending stress

induced neglect the self weight of cantilever at X.

Given Data:

mmL 3103×= NW 3104×=

mmxNxM X −×=×××= 633 104)10()104(

xxDepth 40603

6018060 +=−

+=

Section Modulus

6)4060(606 22 xbdZ +×==

32)23(4000 mmx+=

fZM =

22

3

2

6

)23(10

)23(4000104

mmN

xx

xx

ZMf

+=

==

For f to be maximum

0=dxdf

0)

)23(10( 2

3

=+dx

xxd

spaterspater

Page 160: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

160

160

0)23(2 =+ x

5.1=x

22

3

max 67.41))5.12(3(

5.110mm

Nf =×+×

=

4.8.4 Beams of Composite Section:

Example 1:

A Composite beam made of steel and timber has a section shown. Determine the

moment of resistance of beam.

Given Data:

2/1000 cmkgf S = 2/50 cmkgfT =

For timber For Steel

cmb 6= cmb 5.1=

cmd 20= cmd 20=

2/50 cmkgf = 2/1000 cmkgf =

62bdZ =

32

800)6206(2 cmZT =

××=

spaterspater

Page 161: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

161

161

ZfM ×=

cmkgM T −=×= 4000080050

cmkgM S −=×= 1000001001000

Total Moment = cmkgMM ST −=+ 140000

Example 2:

A Timber beam 100mm wide and 200mm deep is strengthened by a steel plate

100mm wide and 10mm thick screwed at the bottom of the surface as shown. Calculate the

moment of resistance of beam, safe stress in timber and steel are 10N/mm2 and 150N/mm2, ES =

20ET.

Given Data:

For Timber For Steel

mmb 100= mmb 100=

mmd 200= mmd 10=

210 mmNf = 2150 mm

Nf =

TS EE 20=

spaterspater

Page 162: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

162

162

Stress in steel will be 20 times the stress in timber resistance offered by steel =

20×Resistance offered by timber, So steel is converted into equivalent timber

100×20=2000mm.

Sl.no. Area y A×y

*103 12

3bd h 2h 2Ah

*103 2

3

12Ahbd

+

*103

1 2000*10

=20000

10/2=5 100

67.16666612

102000 3

=

×

57.5-

50=7.5

56.25 5625 1291.67

2 100×200

=20000

10 +

200/2

=110

2200

6

3

1067.6612

200100

×=

× 110-

57.5=

52.5

2756.3 55125 121795

∑ 40000 2300 61009.123 ×

5.57)(

)(=

∑×∑

=Area

yAreay

61009.123 ×=I

Distance of upper extreme fibre = 210-57.5 = 152.5

spaterspater

Page 163: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

163

163

Distance of lower extreme fibre = 57.5

Stress in upper extreme fibre = 10N/mm2

Stress in lower most fibre = 2/77.35.152

5.5710 mmN=×

Actual stress in steel at this fibre = 3.77×20 = 75.4N/mm2

66

1007.85.152

1009.12310×=

××==

yfIM N-mm.

4.8.5 Bending of Unsymmetrical Section about Principal Axis:

Example 1:

Find the bending stresses at section A-A of beam for unsymmetrical section

bending about principle axes.

48000202400 =×=XM

1200020600 −=×−=YM

12

62 3×=XI

12

26 3×=YI

yxxyI

xMI

yMf

Y

Y

X

Xb 13333000

412000

3648000

−=+−

=−−=

spaterspater

Page 164: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

164

164

x,y (-1,-3) (1,-3) (1,3) (-1,3)

yxfb 13333000 −= 1000 7000 -1000 -7000

To find Neutral axis , 0=bf

0=−−Y

Y

X

X

IxM

IyM

3000 x-1333 y = 0

When x = 1, y = 2.25

When x = -1, y = -2.25

4.8.6 Bending of Unsymmetrical Section about Arbitrary Axis:

Problem 1:

Find the bending stresses at points at A,B,C of beam cross section shown.

spaterspater

Page 165: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

165

165

slno Area x y Ax Ay 12

3bd12

3dbxh

yh

2

3

12

xAh

bd+

2

3

12yAh

db+

yx hAh

1 4*2

=8

11 2 88 16 2.67 10.6

7

5 3 202.67 82.67 -120

2 12*

2=

24

6 5 144 120 288 8 0 0 288 0 0

3 4*2

=8

1 8 8 64 2.67 10.6

7

-5 3 202.67 82.67 -120

∑ 40 240 200 693.34 173.34 -240

640240

)()(

==∑

×∑=

AreaxAreax

spaterspater

Page 166: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

166

166

540200

)()(

==∑

×∑=

AreayAreay

34.693)12

( 23

=+∑= xx AhbdI

34.173)12

( 23

=+∑= yy AhdbI

00.240=∑ yx hAh

yIII

IMIMx

III

IMIMf

yxyx

yxyxy

yxyx

xyyxxb 22 −

−+

−=

= yx 22 )240()34.17334.693()34.73(100000)240(10000

)240()34.17334.693()34.693(10000)240(100000

−−×−−

+−−×

−−

yxfb 53.6258)1033.17()1024(

55.62583)1034.693()1024( 6646 ×−×−

+×−×−

=

yxfb 315494 −−=

To find Neutral axis

0=bf

0315494 =−− yx

xy315495−

=

xy 568.1−=

spaterspater

Page 167: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

167

167

),( yx )6,1( ( 6,5− ) ( 4,5− ) ( 6,1 −− ) (5,-4) (5,-6)

yxfb 315494 −−= -2384 580 1210 2384 -1210 -580

spaterspater

Page 168: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

168

168

Problem 2:

Find shear flow in webs of beams shown in figure .Each of the four flange members has an area

of 0.5 sq.in. The webs are assumed to carry no bending stress. Find the shear centre for the given

area.

Given Data:

∫== ydAIVbfq s

2xAnI ××=

5055.04 2 =××=

500)5.05(50

10000=×=baq

1000))5.05()5.05((50

10000=×+×=cbq

500)}5.05()5.05()5.05{(50

10000=×−×+×=dcq

spaterspater

Page 169: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

169

169

Taking moment about c

10450010000 ××=e

2=e

Similar solid c section of thickness 1 is considered with similar loading case. find the shear flow

in members.

∫== ydAIVbfq s

spaterspater

Page 170: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

170

170

Slno Area x y xA yA 12

3bd12

3db xh yh

2

3

12

xAh

bd+

2

3

12yAh

db+

1 313 =× 9.5 2.5 28.5 7.5 0.25 2.25 4.5 1.65 0.25+60.75

=61

2.25+8.2

=10.5

2 10110 =× 5 0.5 50 5 83.3 0.83 0 0.35 8.33+0

=83.3

0.83+1.2

=2

3 313 =× 0.5 2.5 1.5 1.25 0.25 2.25 4.5 1.65 0.25+60.75

=61

2.25+8.2

=10.5

∑ 16 80 13.75 205.3 23

∫= ydAq3.205

10000

xxq ba 219)5.4(3.205

10000=×=

]}22

25[]5.414{[3.205

10000 2yq cb −+××=

]25.30[3.205

10000 2y−=

235.246.1485 y−=

xxq dc 219]5.4[3.205

10000==

3.205=I

x baq

0 0

4 876

y cbq

5 876

0 0

spaterspater

Page 171: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

171

171

-5 876

x dcq

0 0

4 873

Taking moment about c

10000e = 876×10

e = 10000

10876×

e = 0.876

spaterspater

Page 172: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

172

172

5. MEMBER IN TORSION

In this chapter we will consider analysis of structural members under pure torsion.

The only exception appears in the discussion of members in differential bending where cross-

sectional warping is prevented. We begin with a review of mechanics of materials and discuss

torsion of members with circular cross sections. Both elastic and inelastic stress states are

considered for both homogeneous and non-homogeneous members. We then proceed with the

elastic torsional analysis of members with solid or hollow non-circular cross sections. This is

followed by the elastic torsional analysis of thin-walled members with open cross sections such

as an I or a T. Next we examine the torsion of thin-walled structures with closed cross sections.

We conclude this section with the torsional analysis of multi-cell, thin-walled stiffened

members, typical of wing and fuselage structures.

5.1 Torsion of Circular Bars

• 5.1-1 Elastic and Homogeneous • 5.1-2 Elastic and Non-homogeneous • 5.1-3 Inelastic and Homogeneous • 5.1-4 Inelastic and Non-homogeneous • 5.1-5 Residual Stress Distribution • 5.1-6 Power Transmission

5.2 Torsion of Non-Circular Bars

5.3 Elastic Membrane Analogy

5.4 Torsion of Thin-Wall Open Sections

5.5 Torsion of Solid Non-Circular Shapes

5.6 Torsion of Thin-Wall Closed Sections

5.7 Torsion-Shear Flow Relations in Multiple-Cell Closed Sections

5.8 Shear Stress Distribution and Angle of Twist for Two-Cell Thin-Wall Closed Section

5.9 Shear Stress Distribution and θ for Multiple-Cell Thin-Wall Closed Section

5.10 Torsion of Stiffened Thin-Wall Closed Sections

5.11 Effect of End Restraint

5.12. Miscellaneous problems

spaterspater

Page 173: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

173

173

5.1 Torsion of Circular Bars:

Applications:

Rotating Machinery

• Propeller shaft

• Drive shaft

Structural Systems

• Landing gear strut

• Flap drive mechanism

Characteristic of Circular Bars:

When a circular bar is twisted, its cross section remains plane and circular. This

characteristic is due to axisymmetric shape of the cross section, and applies to circular bars that

are solid or hollow, homogeneous or non-homogeneous, elastic or inelastic. When a straight

cylindrical bar is subjected to two equal but opposite Torsional couples, the bar twists and each

section is subjected to a shearing stress. Due to these shear stresses there will rotation in the

section. This rotation at any section will be proportional from the fixed support.

T= (П/16) fs D3

Twist θ = TL/GJ

Shear Strain Calculation:

Based on the characteristic stated above, the shear strain variation is linear, and is

described by the equation

where r is the radial position measured from the center of the cross section and c is the radius of

the cross section.

Hollow Bars and Tubes in Torsion:

spaterspater

Page 174: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

174

174

For bars and tubes of circular cross section, the Torsional stress is calculated from

the formula TorquedD

DstressTorsional *)(

1644 −

=−π

Where D and d are respectively the

external and internal diameters of the torsion members. Torsional 0.1% proof stress and

Torsional Ultimate stress can be obtained for specific material from data books. Where for

specific material do not appear in the tables and no test information is available, an approximate

estimate of basic Torsional stresses may be obtained from the values of t1 and ft.

spaterspater

Page 175: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

175

175

Rule of Thumb:

The torsion-induced shear strain is always a linear function of r with the

maximum value at the edge of the cross section. This is true for all possible conditions, whether

the bar is elastic or inelastic, homogeneous or non-homogeneous as shown in these examples.

Shear Stress and Angle of Twist Calculations:

Four possible scenarios are considered for shear stress and angle of twist

calculations. In each case the equations used for these calculations are explicitly described. It

should be obvious that in all of these calculations we are dealing with members having circular

cross sections. As you will see the degree of complexity in the analysis grows as we proceed in

the following sequence

• 5.1-1 Elastic and Homogeneous

• 5.1-2 Elastic and Non-homogeneous

• 5.1-3 Inelastic and Homogeneous

spaterspater

Page 176: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

176

176

• 5.1-4 Inelastic and Non-homogeneous

• 5.1-5 Residual Stress Distribution

• 5.1-6 Power Transmission

Restriction: The applied torque(s) must be in a plane(s) perpendicular to the axis of the bar.

5.1-1 Elastic and Homogeneous:

The torsion-induced shear stress variation in an elastic, homogeneous, and isotropic bar is

determined by

where T is the internal torque at the section the shear stress is being calculated, r is the radial

position of the point on the cross section the shear stress is solved for, and J is the polar moment

of inertia of the entire cross section. For solid bars 0 < r < c and for hollow bars ci < r < co.

The above shear stress equation is known as the elastic torsion formula, and we call it El-

Hocir. This acronym helps us to easily remember under what conditions we can use the elastic

torsion formula, viz, elastic, homogeneous, and circular.

The shear stress equation shows that for an elastic bar (i.e., when the maximum shear stress is

less than the proportional limit shear stress of the material), the stress varies linearly with radial

position. Thus, the maximum shear stress in this case would be at the edge of the cross section

(i.e., at the farthest distance from the center). Here are some examples of elastic and inelastic

stress variations for homogeneous and non-homogeneous circular bars made of elastoplastic

materials.

spaterspater

Page 177: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

177

177

The angle of twist at one section relative to another can be found in two ways:

Or

In the first equation we are using geometric relationship between angle of twist and shear strain.

This is a very powerful equation as it tells us that we don't need to know the torque or the

resulting shear stress in order to calculate the relative twist angle. If we know the maximum

shear strain at section B and know the distance L between sections A and B, then we can

calculate the relative twist angle using this formula. Notice that this equation can also be written

in terms of shear strain at any radial position. What is needed is the value of r and its

corresponding shear strain.

spaterspater

Page 178: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

178

178

The second equation is useful when we don't know the shear strain, but we do know the internal

torque at section B. Then using this equation we can determine the relative angle of twist.

Total angle of twist at section B is determined by

5.1.2 Elastic and Non-homogeneous:

The linear strain variation is valid as stated before; however, since the bar is non-homogeneous,

i.e., made of two or more materials, we cannot use El-Hocir. This problem is statically

indeterminate in the sense that we don't know how much of the torque is being carried by each

material. The general torque formula in its integral form must be broken up into two or more

parts depending on the material make up of the bar. Also, since the bar is totally linearly elastic

(i.e., stresses are below the proportional limit), Hooke's law may be used to relate stress to strain

in each respective region in the cross section. Here is what the torque equation looks like for a

bar made of two materials:

Where 0 and 1 limits in the first integral denote the radial boundaries of the core material, while

1 and 2 denote those for the shell material. The subscripts 'C' and 'S' correspond to the core and

shell materials, respectively.

Knowing the maximum shear strain, we can use the above equation to solve for the torque at a

given section, or vice versa. Notice that we used the same linear equation for stress-strain

relations in both integrals with shear modulus being the only difference. Examining this equation

more carefully, we realize that while maximum shear strain always occurs at the farthest distance

from the center of the bar, it is not necessary for maximum shear stress to be at the same

location. The difference between the shear moduli of the core and the shell could be such that the

shear stress in the core at the interface of the shell and core might be higher than that at the edge

of the bar near its outside surface.

spaterspater

Page 179: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

179

179

Rule of Thumb:

Maximum shear strain occurs at r = c regardless of whether the shell material has higher or

lower shear rigidity. Maximum shear stress occurs in the material with the highest shear rigidity

regardless of its location. Here are some examples:

Since the core and the shell are assumed to be perfectly attached at the interface, the angle of

twist is the same for both materials; therefore,

spaterspater

Page 180: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

180

180

5.1.3 Inelastic and Homogeneous:

As mentioned earlier, the shear strain pattern is linear eventhough the member has been stressed

beyond the elastic limit and into the inelastic range. For a linearly elastic material, shear stress

variation is linear up to the radial distance corresponding to the elastic rim shown in the figures

below. Beyond this distance, Hooke's law canNOT be used to relate stress to strain variation.

Once again the material is assumed to be elasto-plastic.

Let's see how torsional analysis is performed for a circular bar as the internal torque is increased

from zero to that corresponding to the fully-plastic bar. Notice that we are examining only one

section (slice) of the bar along its length. Therefore, depending on which section we cosider the

internal torque may be different.

spaterspater

Page 181: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

181

181

If at the section of interest the maximum shear strain is below the elastic-limit shear strain of the

material, then the bar is fully elastic and the corresponding torque can be obtained as shown in

(1). If the maximum shear strain reaches the elastic shear strain, then the bar has reached the

elastic limit state, and the torque calculated according to (2) is referred to as the "elastic-limit

torque". As the torque is increased beyond the elastic-limit torque, the internal shear stress

moves into the inelastic range. In that case we must first locate the elastic rim by calculating re.

Once that distance is known, then we can calculate the internal torque corresponding to the

specified max. shear strain according to (3). Note that in this case, the material is assumed to be

elasto-plastic, which implies that beyond the elastic limit, stress remains constant at the elastic

limit value. If the torque is increased until the cross-section is completely in the inelastic range,

then the maximum inelastic or fully-plastic torque is found according to (4).

The angle of twist at a given section in an inelastic circular bar is found by

or

spaterspater

Page 182: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

182

182

where

which corresponds to the angle of twist at the onset of yield (when the elastic radius = radius of

bar, c )

5.1.4 Inelastic and Non-homogeneous :

Here, we are dealing with a circular bar that is made of two or multiple materials distributed in

the radial direction. The bar is twisted beyond the elastic limit of at least one of the materials. It

is not necessary for all materials to be stressed beyond their respective elastic limits. In this case,

the shear strain variation is still linear and the torque equation is broken up at the material

interface and at the point where the transition from elastic to inelastic region takes place.

Let's consider the case where the bar is composed of two different materials. There are several

possibilities that need to be investigated: (1) The inner material (core) may become inelastic

while the outer shell is still elastic; (2) the outer shell may become fully plastic while the core

remains far below its proportional limit; etc. Here is an example of a non-homogeneous circular

bar in a state of inelastic stress and strain.

It is obvious that the analysis of this type of problem requires more rigor than those dealing with

elastic torsion.

spaterspater

Page 183: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

183

183

Analysis Procedure:

Analysis of circular non-homogeneous bars in which max. shear strain is

specified. Notice that this is a statically indeterminate problem as we don't know what

percentage of the resultant torque is being carried by each material.

1. Knowing that the max. shear strain occurs at the farthest distance from the center of

circular cross section, we calculate the actual shear strain at the material interface using

the linear equation. Now we know the max. shear strain in each material.

2. Next, we calculate the elastic-limit shear strain of each material from the strain-stress

diagram or material properties provided in the problem, and compare it with the

corresponding actual shear strain. For inelastic torsion problem, the max. shear strain in

one of the materials must exceed its corresponding elastic limit value.

3. With this information, we can proceed with plotting the stress variation across the cross

section of the bar. This gives us a map that we can use to set up the integral form of the

torque equation. The integral would be split into several segments depending on the

variations of stresses and materials.

4. First we consider the core. Based on the stress variation in the core, we may need up to

two separate integrals. Then, we examine the shell. Again, depending on the stress

spaterspater

Page 184: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

184

184

variation, we may need up to two separate integrals - one for the elastic part and another

for the inelastic part.

5. Once we identify the limits on each integral, and correctly write the integrand in each

case, we can proceed with the integration to find the torque that corresponds to the

specified max. shear strain in the problem statement.

6. Notice that the integrals correspond to the portion of the resultant torque carried by the

core and the shell. So once we have calculated these values, we can determine the

percentage of torque carried by each constituent.

7. The angle of twist is calculated in the same manner specified in the previous section. The

main assumption is that the two materials are perfectly bonded at the interface.

5.1.5 Residual Stress Distribution in Homogeneous Circular Bars

When a circular bar is torqued beyond its elastic limit, upon the removal of the

applied torque, the shear stress may not completely disappear. This remaining stress is known as

residual shear stress and is calculated as follows based on the method of superposition.

In the figure above, the first diagram on the left reflects the elastoplastic behavior of the material

during the loading phase (1), and the second diagram in the middle shows the linear behavior of

the same material during the unloading phase (in the stress-strain diagram of a linearly elastic

material the unloading path is always linear and parallel to the elastic line) (2). By superposing

spaterspater

Page 185: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

185

185

the two stress diagrams, we obtain the residual stress distribution (3). Although there is residual

stress without the presence of any external torque, the bar remains in the state of equilibrium as

the positive area under the curve equals the negative area. Notice that the three diagrams are not

drawn to scale.

If the bar is torqued beyond the elastic limit, there will be a permanent twist upon removal of the

torque. This angle of twist is the difference between the angle of twist due to loading and that

due to unloading, and is expressed as

where the recovered angle of twist - upon unloading - is determined as

5.1.6 Power Transmission

Circular bars or shafts are commonly used for transmission of power. Circular

cross section is used because, as explained in the previous section, it will not get distorted under

torque. From design stand point, it is necessary for the shaft to be strong enough to transmit

power safely without exceeding the shaft material's elastic limit. We recall from physics that for

angular motion:

Work = Torque x Angular Displacement

Power = d/dt (Work)

If torque is not a function of time, then the equation for power simply becomes:

P = T w

where w is the angular velocity of the shaft. This is the relationship between the torque in the

shaft and the power transmitted through it from one end to the other.

It is important that we use consistent units for P, T, and w. Power is commonly specified in

horsepower, HP. In that case we can convert HP to ft-lb/sec by multiplying it by 550, and to in-

lb/sec by multiplying it by 6600. Angular velocity is usually given in revolutions per minute or

RPM. It should then be converted to rad/sec. To do this multiply the value in RPM by 2 pi and

divide by 60. Therefore, to get the units of in-lb for torque, the conversion factor becomes:

spaterspater

Page 186: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

186

186

T = HP x 63025 / RPM.

Mechanical Coupling

Mechanical coupling is commonly used to extend the length of a shaft or to

connect the shaft to another component. An example of this can be found in flap mechanism as

well as in the propeller shaft. The figure below shows that with two disks in contact, the applied

torque will tend to rotate one relative to the other. This relative displacement, if prevented, will

lead to the creation of shear stress and strain at the surface of contact. These types of disks are

typically bolted together. In that case, the torque will put the bolts in the state of plane shear.

In problems of mechanical coupling, it is commonly assumed that the surface of

contact is frictionless and that the entire torque is transmitted through the bolts which are

distributed in a circular pattern at a particular distance from the center. As in the case of a

circular shaft, the shear strain varies linearly from the center of the cross section. Since the

diameters of bolts are usually much smaller than that of the coupling plate, it is commonly

assumed that the shear strain is constant along the bolt's cross-sectional area. Starting from the

original equation for torque we can derive the special form for the mechanical coupling

problems as follows:

spaterspater

Page 187: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

187

187

Shaft Coupling

In shaft coupling, we are concerned with the number and size of bolts to be used

in order to keep the stress in the bolts below the allowable value. As a designer we have a choice

of materials, size, number, and distribution pattern for the coupling bolts. This freedom allows us

to examine different ways that a coupling can be designed such that it is efficient from the stand

point of design as well as manufacturability and cost.

We need to balance the number and size of bolts being used. Is it better to use a

large quantity of small bolts or few large bolts. We also need to keep in mind the damage

tolerance issue. If we use too few bolts, then what would happen in the case one gets sheared off.

spaterspater

Page 188: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

188

188

Will the remaining bolts carry the desired load? Questions like this would have to be answered

by the designer before the design can be accepted for production.

Below we see the equations used for the coupling analysis.

spaterspater

Page 189: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

189

189

5.2 Torsion of Non-Circular Bars

The observations made for torsion of members with circular cross sections do not

hold for those with non-circular cross sections. Consider the following facts for members with

non-circular cross sections:

1. The shear stress is not constant at a given distance from the axis of rotation. As a result

sections perpendicular to the axis of member warp, indicating out-of-plane displacement.

2. The theory of elasticity shows that the shear stress at the corners is zero.

3. Maximum shear strain and stress are not at the farthest distance from the rotational axis

of a homogeneous non-circular member.

Members with rectangular cross sections:

For a rectangular member under torsion the corners do not distort; the corner

square angles remain square after torque is applied. This indicates that shear strain is zero at the

corners since there is no distorsion. This fact is illustrated in this figure.

spaterspater

Page 190: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

190

190

St. Venant was the first to accurately describe the shear stress distribution on the cross section of

a non-circular member using the Theory of Elasticity. Theory of Elasticity shows that:

• the maximum shear strain and stress occur at the centerline of the long sides of the

rectangular cross section

• the shear strain and stress at the corners and center of the rectangular cross section are

zero.

• the strain and stress variations on the cross section are primarily nonlinear.

The theory of Elasticity has been applied to find analytical solutions for the torsion of

rectangular elastic members. The resulting equations for shear stress and angle of twist are as

follows:

5.3 Elastic Membrane Analogy:

Prandtl showed that the Laplace equation describing the torsion of an elastic

member is identical to that used to describe the deflection of an elastic membrane subjected to a

uniform pressure.

spaterspater

Page 191: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

191

191

The elastic membrane analogy allows the solution of a torsion problem to be determined in a

simpler way than that found by the theory of elasticity which requires the availability of the

warping function.

Elastic Membrane and Twisted Bar Relationships:

Consider a tube which has the same cross-sectional boundary as the bar. For

example, if the bar has a solid square cross section of side dimension b, then the tube will have a

hollow square cross section of side dimension b as well. Next we stretch an elastic membrane

over the tube's cross section and apply internal pressure. The deflected shape of the membrane

helps us visualize the stress pattern in the bar under torsion.

The analogy can be viewed as follows:

1. Lines of equal deflection on the membrane (contour lines) correspond to shearing stress

lines of the twisted bar.

2. The direction of a particular shear stress resultant at a point is at right angle to the

maximum slope of the membrane at the same point.

3. The slope of the deflected membrane at any point, with respect to the edge support plane

is proportional in magnitude to the shear stress at the corresponding point on the bar's

cross section.

4. The applied torsion on the twisted bar is proportional to twice the volume included

between the deflected membrane and plane through the supporting edges.

Examples

Keep in mind that the slope at a point on the deflected membrane, and not the

displacement from the base, is the parameter that is related to the shear stress in the bar. In all of

the following examples, the slope is zero at the very top of the membrane, therefore the stress is

zero, not the maximum, at the same location on bar's cross section.

spaterspater

Page 192: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

192

192

spaterspater

Page 193: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

193

193

spaterspater

Page 194: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

194

194

5.4 Torsion of Thin - Wall Open Sections :

The sections shown below are extruded sections

spaterspater

Page 195: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

195

195

spaterspater

Page 196: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

196

196

Example

Use the formulas based on the theory of elasticity to find the maximum shear stress and angle of

twist per unit length of a bar having the cross sectional shape shown below.

spaterspater

Page 197: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

197

197

EQUATIONS USED

SOLUTION

First, need to find the b/t ratio. Because this is a formed section, the lengths 'b' are found this

way

spaterspater

Page 198: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

198

198

Since b/t is greater than 10, we can let alpha and beta be 1/3. Therefore maximum shear stress is

Angle of Twist per unit length is

5.5 Torsion of Solid Non – Circular Sections:

In a noncircular section the shear stresses are not distributed uniformly. For

example when a rectangular bar twists, the shear stresses are not constant at the same distances

from the axis of the rotation and thus the ends of segments cut through the bar would not remain

parallel to each other when bar twists or in other words warping of the section takes place.

Torsional Stress = Tn/J

Twist θ = TL/JG

J = Polar moment of inertia

spaterspater

Page 199: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

199

199

Were J and n are the functions of the cross section. For some standard sections these values are

listed below.

Form of cross

sections Formula for n

Formula for shear

stress

Polar moment of

inertia

Solid circular

section rn= 3

2rT

π 4

21 rπ

Solid elliptical

section 22

22baban

+= 2

2abT

π

22

33

baba+

π

Solid square

section an 3519.1= 3

601.0a

T 425.2 a

Solid triangular

section

(equilateral) 43an = 3

20a

T 803 4a

Symmetrical

Aerofoil Refer a

KTC

2

161

4

AUI

Ix

x

+

For further details refer

a) Roark’s Formulas for stress and strain table 10.7 page no 401

b) Structural Principles and Data by Dowty table 12.5 page no 122

spaterspater

Page 200: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

200

200

spaterspater

Page 201: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

201

201

Limit stress analysis:

Working stress = Tr/J in n/mm2.

Torque = T

Polar moment of inertia = J

Allowable Proof Torsional Stress = q1 in N.mm2.

Reserve Factor = q1/Actual Torsional stress

Ultimate stress analysis:

Ultimate working stress = Factor of safety * T*r/J

Allowable Ultimate Torsional Stress = fq.

Reserve Factor = fq/Actual Ultimate Torsional stress.

spaterspater

Page 202: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

202

202

5.6 Torsion of Thin - Wall Closed Sections:

So far, we have considered the torsion of solid and hollow circular sections, thin-

walled open sections, and solid noncircular sections. Now we would like to consider the torsion

of thin-walled closed sections of various geometry, typical of aircraft wing and fuselage. As

before we are interested in calculating the shear stress distribution and overall angle of twist due

to applied torque(s). Such analysis can be used to determine, based on a specified material and

loading condition, (a) the margin of safety for an existing structure, or (b) the structural sizing

such as wall thickness necessary to safely carry the applied loads. Here are some examples of

typical shear stress distributions in thin-walled, single- and multi-cell closed sections under pure

torsion.

spaterspater

Page 203: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

203

203

Derivation

Consider a thin-walled member with a closed cross section subjected to pure torsion.

Examining the equilibrium of a small cutout of the skin reveals that

spaterspater

Page 204: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

204

204

Angle of Twist

By applying strain energy equation due to shear and Castigliano's Theorem the angle of twist for

a thin-walled closed section can be shown to be

spaterspater

Page 205: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

205

205

Since T = 2qA, we have

If the wall thickness is constant along each segment of the cross section, the integral can be

replaced by a simple summation

Here is an example.

Important Observations:

In thin-walled structures failure is governed by buckling instability; therefore, the limiting stress

is not necessarily the elastic limit stress.

Example Problems:

Example 1 Maximum shear stress and angle of twist in a single-cell section

Consider the single cell, thin-walled section shown made of aluminum with the given properties.

With the torque T=134,400 in-lb, determine

(a) the shear flow distribution,

(b) the maximum shear stress and its location,

(c) the angle of twist if L=100 in.

spaterspater

Page 206: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

206

206

EQUATIONS USED

SOLUTION

(a) Since this ia a single-cell section, there will only be one shear flow of constant magnitude

along all webs. Note that in calculating the cell area the wall thickness is ignored.

The direction of shear flow is consistent with that of the resultant torque at the section of

interest.

(b) Because the skin has two different thicknesses, there will be two different shear stresses.

spaterspater

Page 207: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

207

207

Notice that the maximum shear stress occurs in the thinest web. This is always true with pure

torsion of single-cell thin-walled sections.

(c) Knowing the shear flow distribution, we can calculate the angle of twist as

spaterspater

Page 208: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

208

208

5.7 Torsion - Shear Flow Relations in Multiple-Cell Thin- Wall Closed Sections

The torsional moment in terms of the internal shear flow is simply

Derivation

For equilibrium to be maintained at a exterior-interior wall (or web) junction

point (point m in the figure) the shear flows entering should be equal to those leaving the

junction.

Summing the moments about an arbitrary point O, and assuming clockwise direction to be

positive, we obtain

NOTE: It is important to realize that point "O" can be anywhere in space, interior or exterior of

the cross-section. As long as we can determine the area enclosed by the ends of each web and

point O, we can relate the torque to the shear flow in the web and the enclosed area.

spaterspater

Page 209: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

209

209

The moment equation above can be simplified to

Notice that in this equation the shear flow of the interior wall is not explicitly shown because it

is a function of the shear flows in the exterior walls. Also notice that the terms in the right hand

side of the equation are independent of moment point "O". This is a very important fact, and

should be kept in mind when solving single- or multi-cell, closed, thin-walled sections under

pure torsion.

5.8 Shear Stress Distribution and Angle of Twist for Two-Cell Thin-Walled Closed Sections

The equation relating the shear flow along the exterior wall of each cell to the

resultant torque at the section is given as

This is a statically indeterminate problem. In order to find the shear flows q1 and q2, the

compatibility relation between the angle of twist in cells 1 and 2 must be used. The compatibility

requirement can be stated as

where

spaterspater

Page 210: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

210

210

Note that each closed integral deals with the boundaries of an individual cell, which involve the

exterior wall as well as the interior wall separating the two cells. Also notice that the shear flow

along the interior wall is the difference between q1 and q2. Now by setting the right hand sides of

the two angle of twist equations equal to each other, we arrive at the second equation, which

together with the torque-shear flow equation result in the following closed form equations for the

two shear flows.

where

and

The shear stress at a point of interest is found according to the equation

To find the angle of twist, we could use either of the two twist formulas given above. It is also

possible to express the angle of twist equation similar to that for a circular section

spaterspater

Page 211: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

211

211

with the polar moment of inertia expressed as

A careful scrutiny of the equations for shear flow indicates that the first term in the numerator is

all that is different between the two. Therefore, if we have a two-cell thin-walled section in

which a10A2 = a20A1, then the two shear flows would be equal.

Example Problems:

• Example 1 Shear flow distribution, Maximum shear stress, and angle of twist in a two-

cell section

Consider the same cross section as in example 1 in section I.6, with the same properties and

applied torque of 134,400 in-lb. However, an interior web is added as shown in the figure below.

Determine:

• (a) the shear flow distribution,

• (b) the maximum shear stress and its location,

• (c) the angle of twist if L=100 in.

EQUATIONS USED

spaterspater

Page 212: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

212

212

SOLUTION

(a) First, write the torque equation.

So far we have obtained one equation in two unknowns. To solve for the two unknowns we need

a second equation in terms of the same two unknowns. We use the angle of twist relationship,

that is the twist of both cells is the same. Writing the angle of twist equation for both cells and

setting them equal to each other gives

Now by substituting this relation into the torque equation we can solve for q1 and q2, and by

taking the difference between these two shear flows we can obtain q3 to be

spaterspater

Page 213: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

213

213

NOTE: q3 was determined by subtracting q2 from q1, hence, positive value for q3 indicates that

this shear flow is in the same direction as q1, which in this problem is found to be counter-

clockwise.

(b) The shear stress along each web is constant, and is equal to the shear flow along the web

divided by the web thickness. There are three different web thicknesses and three different shear

flows, hence, there will be three different shear stresses

NOTE: The maximum shear stress occurs in the web which has the maximum q/t value and not

necessarily minimum t. As can be seen in this example, the interior web has the minimum

spaterspater

Page 214: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

214

214

thickness, but not the maximum stress. This is obviously because, unlike single-cell sections, the

shear flow is not constant everywhere.

Compared to example 1 in section I.6, the maximum shear stress is in the same place, but it is

smaller. In this case the interior web relieved the shear stress carried in wall (2), and increased

the stress in wall (1), while reducing the overall angle of twist. The conclusion that can be drawn

is that the presence of interior wall increased the torsional stiffness of the thin-walled section.

(c) Substituting the values of the shear flows back into the angle of twist equation gives

Suggested Exercise:

Rework this example problem by letting t1 = t2 = .06 in., and examine the changes in the results.

5.9 Shear Stress Distribution and Angle of Twist for Multiple-Cell Thin-Wall Closed

Sections:

In the figure above the area outside of the cross section will be designated as cell (0). Thus to

designate the exterior walls of cell (1), we use the notation 1-0. Similarly for cell (2) we use 2-0

and for cell (3) we use 3-0. The interior walls will be designated by the names of adjacent cells.

From section A6.9, the torque of this multi-cell member can be related to the shear flows in

exterior walls as follows

spaterspater

Page 215: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

215

215

For elastic continuity, the angles of twist in all cells must be equal

The direction of twist chosen to be positive is clockwise.

NOTE: Since the exterior walls in each cell have equal shear flows, we can factor the shear flow

out and multiply it by the sum of the quotient S/t of the exterior walls.

The above equations for angle of twist together with the torque equation provide a total of 4

linear equations which can be solved simultaneously for the 3 unknown shear flows (i.e., q1, q2,

and q3) and 1 unkown angle of twist.

5.10 Torsion of Stiffened Thin-Wall Closed Sections:

Types of Stiffeners

• Open

Offer very little torsional rigidity; their contribution may be neglected in the torsional

analysis.

• Closed

Offer more torsional rigidity; their contribution may be included in the torsional analysis.

Their presence basically leads to a "multiple-cell" box beam. The influence of stiffeners

is included in the analysis in the following manner:

spaterspater

Page 216: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

216

216

spaterspater

Page 217: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

217

217

5.11 Effect of End Restraint

The equations derived earlier, for pure torsion of bars with non-circular cross sections, were

based on the assumption that at any point along the length the cross section is allowed to have

out-of-plane displacement or warping. However, when an end of the bar is fixed, it is restrained

from warping - as a result normal stresses are created on the cross section, and the assumption of

pure torsion is no longer valid.

To better understand this behavior let's consider a thin-walled bar, with an "I" cross section,

fixed at one end and free at the other where a torque is applied. In the vicinity of the fixed end

the upper and lower flanges of the bar act as short beams, therefore, have considerable bending

stiffness, and prevent the cross section from warping under the applied torque. Hence, the torque

is carried mainly in the form of transverse shear in these flanges. As a result the upper and lower

flanges deflect laterally in opposite directions - referred to as differential bending. In this case,

the torque can be represented by a couple of force H acting in each flange

At the other extreme point, near the free end, the applied torque is carried mainly in the form of

torsional shear or pure shear as the cross section is free to warp. This is because, near the free

end, the flanges are basically long beams with less bending stiffness, therefore, shear rigidity

dominates in this case.

spaterspater

Page 218: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

218

218

At some distance x between the two ends of the bar, the torque can be represented as the sum of

(a) the torque taken up by pure shear and (b) the torque taken up by transverse shear.

For angle of twist due to torsion in (a), from the analysis in section A6.6, we can write

where the length of each rectangular portion of the cross section is assumed to be much greater

than its thickness.

For angle of twist due to torsion in (b) we use the relationship between the lateral deflection of

the flanges and the angle of twist as

Now, from mechanics of materials we can relate the flange deflection to transverse shear force H

in the flange as

spaterspater

Page 219: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

219

219

Combining the pevious equations we determine angle of twist

Since the two angles of twist are equal, the right hand sides of the two equations can be set equal

to determine the ratio between the portion of the torque taken up by transverse shear and portion

taken up by pure shear.

Example 1

A wing spar has a cross-sectional shape shown below. It is fixed at the root, i.e., x=0 and free at

the tip, i.e., x=200 in. What is the percentage of torque due to bending to that of the total torque,

at x=2", x=20", and x=200"? If T=1000 in-lb, what would the angle of twist be at each value of

'x'?

spaterspater

Page 220: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

220

220

EQUATIONS USUED

SOLUTION

The equation for the ratio of TB to TT was derived earlier in the discussion. With the material

properties and geometric parameters known, we calculate the torque ratio for different values of

x as follows:

spaterspater

Page 221: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

221

221

To find the percentages, it takes a little manipulation, but the results are:

Notice the rapid decrease in the percentage of T carried in the form of differential bending of

flanges as x increases.

The angle of twist at different spanwise stations is calculated by using the angle of twist equation

with different values of x. Note that we can use either the angle of twist based on TT or TB, the

result would be the same.

The angle of twist increases going from the fixed end to the free end.

This example is used to show that in the presence of an end restraint, the load in the bar is

carried differently at the free and fix ends. It also shows how the load is carried in between the

extreme points in the problem.

spaterspater

Page 222: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

222

222

5.12 Miscellaneous problems:

5.12.1 Problems for Torsion on Circular Section:

Problem 1:

A solid shaft is to transmit a torque of 10000kg-m. If shearing stress is not to

exceed 450kg/cm2. Find the maximum diameter of shaft

Given Data:

T=10000kg-m = 1000000kg-cm

2/450 cmkgfq =

D = Diameter of shaft

3

16DfT s

π=

345016

1000000 D×=π

450

1610000003

××

D

cmD 45.22= .

Problem 2:

A bar of material BSL168TS11 of diameter 100mm is subjected to an torque of

.1030 6 mmN −×

Given Data:

Mpat 3702 =

Mpaq 2226.03702 =×=

Mpaft 415=

Mpafq 2496.0415 =×=

mmDr 502/ ==

4

32DJ π

=

spaterspater

Page 223: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

223

223

Limit stress analysis:

Allowable torsional stress = 222Mpa.

Actual torsional stress = J

rT ×

= .78.152100

32501030

4.032

4

6

MparT=

××××

×ππ

Reserve Factor = 222/152.78=1.45

Ultimate stress analysis:

Allowable torsional stress = 249Mpa.

Actual torsional stress = JTrfetyfactorofsa ×

= 1.5×152.78

= 229.17

Reserve Factor = 249/229.17

= 1.1

Problem 3:

A figure illustrates an aileron control surfaces consisting of circular torque tube

outer diameter of 32mm supported on 3 hinge brackets and with control rod fitting attached to

the torque tube above the centre support bracket. Find the maximum torsional shearing stress in

the tube if the air load on the aileron is shown also calculate the angle of twist of the tube

between horn section and end of aileron.

A load on strip of aileron 1mm wide = 729.6KN/mm2.

spaterspater

Page 224: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

224

224

To find w.

2/6.729]30521[76 mmKNww =×+

2/3 mmKNw =

KNP 2287631 =×=

∴Moment about hinge point = 67.37797305)3/1(457)2/76(228 =×+×

Torsional moment = 37848.5 N-mm

Max. Torque at centre of aileron = 6615.37848 ×

= 5.25017858

mmN −×≅ 61025 .

( ) ( ) 5.8933232

5.293232

4444

=×−

=−

=ππ

DdDJ

5.44799745.893

1605.25017858max =

×==

JTrτ

.deg013.0180106.80766125

6 reesMpaGJTL

=×××

==π

θ

spaterspater

Page 225: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

225

225

5.12.2 Problems for Torsion in Non Circular Section:

Problem 1:

A beam of length .300mm having rectangular cross section as shown in diagram is subjected to a limit torque of 1000000 N-mm. Calculate maximum shear stress and angle of twist at that point material BSL 168T b511.

22max 8)8.13(

babaT −

22max 10158)1845(1000000

××−

= 150Mpa.

Allowable stress = 0.6t2

= 0.6×370

= 222 kg/m2

Reserve Factor = 222/150

= 1.48

Ultimate stress analysis

Ultimate stress = 1.5×150

= 225Mpa

Allowable ultimate stress = 0.6×UTS

= 0.6×415

= 249Mpa

Reserve Factor = 249/225 = 1.12

spaterspater

Page 226: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

226

226

5.12.3 Problems for Torsion in Open Section Composed of Thin plates:

Problem 1:

An beam of angle section and length of 500mm as shown in the figure is

subjected to an torque of 150000 N-mm. Calculate maxτ and twist of the section material BSL-

168T6511.

2max dbtT

Gbt

T3φ

θ =

φα , value depends on b/t value

b / t = 150/15 = 15

for b/t > 10 3/13333.0, or=φα

.2001015

1000003322max mmN

btT

−=×

×==∴τ

For BSL-168 T6511

MpaE 31070×= , Poisson ratio = 0.3

.8076)3.01(2

)1070(3.0)1(2

)1070( 33

Mpam

mG =+×

=+×

=

spaterspater

Page 227: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

227

227

π

θ 180807610150

5001000003333 ×××××

==Gbt

TL

= 0.0007 deg.

Problem 2:

Calculate shear stress and twist for the given section to an torque of 1000000 N-

mm. Find maxτ and twist.

Stress on leg 1.

333

322

311

13

11

33tbtbtb

TtbtTt

b ++=

∑=τ

= 3.53)5075100(25

51000003=

++××

3.53)5075100(25

510000032 =

++××

=bτ

Unit twist

.deg0756.0180)225(1258076

10000003)(

3

3213 =×

××

=++

θbbbGt

T

spaterspater

Page 228: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

228

228

5.12.4Problems for Torsion on Thin Walled Closed Section (Symmetrical Section):

Problem 1:

Calculate the shear stress in the member of the section shown in the diagram

(Berth Batho Method).

Area of section 1. = 3.39225

2

2

=ππr

2. = 1002 =b

3. = 1002 =b

Line integral a= ∫ tds

a10 = 629025.0210

=××π

a12 = 20005.0

10=

a20 = 66703.0

20=

a23 = 33303.0

10=

a30 = 91704.0

1003.0

20=+

Twist

∫=t

dsAGq

t 2θ

for cell 1.

spaterspater

Page 229: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

229

229

]200200629[3.39

12 2111 qqqG −+=θ eq.1

for cell 2.

]3333336679200200[100

12 322122 qqqqqG −++−=θ eq.2

for cell 3.

]917333333[100

12 3233 qqqG +−=θ eq.3

Considering θ is equal through out

i.e. 321 θθθ ==

Equating equation 1 and 2,2 and 3,3 and 1.

]333333667200200[100

1]200200629[3.39

132212211 qqqqqqqq −+++=−+

]917333333[100

1]333333669200200[100

132332212 qqqqqqqq +−=−++−

]200200629[3.39

1]917333333[100

1211323 qqqqqq −+=−+−

32212211 33.337.367.6225516 qqqqqqqq −++−=−+

23321 3331250331200200 qqqqq −=−+−

21123 58163.35.12 qqqqq −+=−

comparing above 3 equation

we get

inlbq /4.1431 =

inlbq /1.2342 =

inlbq /8.2083 =

332211 222 qAqAqAT ++=

= 1008.208210023424.1433.392 ××+××+××

= 100000 lb-in.

≈11300000 N-mm.

spaterspater

Page 230: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

230

230

Stress in members:

22

10110 /6.41/5720025.0/5.143/ mmNinlbtqm ====

22122112 /2.13/181205.0/)143234(/)( mmNinlbtqqm ==−=−=

2220220 /6.56/780003.0/234/ mmNinlbtqm ====

22232323 /1.6/84003.0/)8.208234(/ mmNinlbtqqm ==−=−=

2230330 /6.50/690003.0/8.208/ mmNinlbtqm ====

Problem 2:

Determine the internal shear flow of the system for the two cell tube shown in

figure. When subjected to an torque of 20000lb-in. (Method of successive connection)

C.o.factor cell 1 and cell 2

spaterspater

Page 231: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

231

231

40.0

1.030

05.010

05.010)(

)21()/(.2

)21( =+

=∑

−=− celltL

webtLCo

25.005.04005.010

)()12()(

1)12( ==

∑−

=− celltLwebtLCo

25.005.040

1002)(

2

1

11 =

×=

∑=

celltLA

q

4.0

1.030

05.010

1002)(

2

2

22 =

+

×=

∑=

celltLAq

1.04.025.0)( 2121 =×=×= − qCoFq I

1.025.04.0)( 1212 =×=×= − qCoFq I

025.01.025.0)( 1121 =×=×= −III qCoFq

04.01.04.0)( 2212 =×=×= −III qCoFq

01.004.025.0)( 2121 =×=×= −IIIII qCoFq

01.04.0025.0)( 1212 =×=×= −IIIII qCoFq

0025.001.025.0)( 2121 =×=×= −IIIIV qCoFq

004.001.040.0)( 1212 =×=×= −IIIIV qCoFq

Final IVIIIIII qqqqqq 111112 ++++=

= 0.25+0.1+0.025+0.01+0.0025=0.3875

Final IVIIIIII qqqqqq 222222 ++++=

= 0.4+0.1+0.04+0.01+0.004=0.554

5.773875.010022 11 =××=qA

8.110554.010022 22 =××=qA

T = 77.5+110.8 = 188.3

1q for 2.41200003.188

3875.020000 =×==T

spaterspater

Page 232: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

232

232

2q for 5.58200003.188

554.020000 =×==T

82405.02.41

1 ===ThicknessShearflowsShearstres

5851.05.58

2 ===ThicknessShearflowsShearstres .

Problem 3:

Find the shear flows in all webs of box beam shown in figure .The section is

symmetrical about horizontal axis through centroid

Moment of inertia about neutral axis I = 10051255.04 22 =××+××

Difference in bending stress between two cross section unit distance a part is

500100

510000=

×=

IVy

To obtain shear flow moment about f is taken

Area3 = 50101021

=××

Area1 = 25.139102021

8102

=××+×π

Areea2 = 239.25-189.25=50

spaterspater

Page 233: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

233

233

Taking moment about

)500(502)25090(50225.139281000 00 −×+−×+××=× qq

25000100250001005.2788000 000 −+−+= qqq

05.178135000 q=

3245.478

1350000 ==q

5.12.5 Problems for Torsion in Thin walled Sections (Unsymmetrical conditions):

Problem 1:

Find the shear flow in the webs of the beam shown in the diagram.

22 512532 ××+××=xI

= 200

22 10121032 ××+××=yI

= 800

5103251021 ×××−×××=xyI

= -200

spaterspater

Page 234: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

234

234

Vz = 10000

Vx = 4000

Change in bending moment

zIII

IVIVx

IIIIVIV

fxyzx

zzxzx

xzzx

xxxzzb 22 −

−+

−−

= zx120000

8000000800000200800200

)200(4000)200(100002

−−+

−×−−

zxfb 33.733.23 −−=Δ

Loading in flanges =(-23.33x-73.33z)Af

Coordinates Flange Flange

Area x z

-23.33x -73.33z bfΔ Loading

on

flanges

a 3 -10 5 233.3 -366.7 -133.3 -400

b 1 10 5 -233.3 -366.7 -600 -600

c 3 10 -5 -233.3 366.7 133.3 400

c 1 -10 -5 233.3 366.7 600 600

spaterspater

Page 235: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

235

235

Taking moments about centroid

)600(502)1000(502)400(502502 0000 −××+−××+−××+×× qqqq

06000010000040000400 0 =−−−q

200000400 0 =q

500400

2000000 ==q

spaterspater

Page 236: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

236

236

6. TRANSVERSE SHEAR LOADING OF BEAMS WITH SOLID OR OPEN CROSS

SECTIONS:

The topics discussed in this section deal with transverse shear loading of beams

that have (a) solid; or (b) open cross sections. In the case of (b) the beam could also be either

thin-walled or stiffened as in skin-stringer sections. Cross-sections with one, two, or no axis of

symmetry are analyzed for shear flow distribution, shear center location, and maximum shear

stress.

Topics covered: Flexural shear stress, shear flow, and shear center

Restrictions: The beam sections considered in this chapter are all homogeneous and elastic.

6.1 Introduction

6.2 Shear Center

6.3 Flexural Shear Stress and Shear Flow

6.4 Shear Flow Analysis for Symmetric Beams

6.5 Shear Flow Analysis for Unsymmetric Beams

6.6 Analysis of Beams with Constant Shear-Flow Webs (i.e., skin-stringer type sections)

spaterspater

Page 237: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

237

237

6.1 Introduction:

In previous discussion on pure bending of beams the transverse shear forces and

corresponding shear stresses were absent. That absence simplified the flexure problem as the

applied loads (i.e., bending moments) only produced flexural normal stresses. In this chapter our

focus is on a more general loading condition - one that involves both bending moment and

transverse shear force. The existence of the latter indicates that we no longer have pure bending

problem.

Recall from mechanics of materials that in beam bending transverse shear forces and bending

moments are related to each other. This relationship was displayed in drawing the shear and

moment diagrams for various beams and loading conditions.

We first are going to revisit the problems that we encountered in mechanics of materials course.

In order to do that we must recall problem restrictions and the method of analysis that was used

in the solution of those problems.

Restrictions:

1. Shear stress at every point in the beam must be less than the elastic limit of the material

in shear.

2. Normal stress at every point in the beam must be less than the elastic limit of the material

in tension and in compression.

3. Beam's cross section must contain at least one axis of symmetry.

4. The applied transverse (or lateral) force(s) at every point on the beam must pass through

the elastic axis of the beam. Recall that elastic axis is a line connecting cross-sectional

shear centers of the beam. Since shear center always falls on the cross-sectional axis of

symmetry, to assure the previous statement is satisfied, at every point the transverse force

is applied along the cross-sectional axis of symmetry.

5. The length of the beam must be much longer than its cross sectional dimensions.

6. The beam's cross section must be uniform along its length.

spaterspater

Page 238: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

238

238

6.2 Shear Center:

Consider the figure below showing a cantilever beam with a transverse force at

the tip. Under the action of this load, the beam may twist as it bends. It is the line of action of the

lateral force that is responsible for this bend-twist coupling. If the line of action of the force

passes through the Shear Center of the beam section, then the beam will only bend without any

twist. Otherwise, twist will accompany bending.

The shear center is in fact the centroid of the internal shear force system. Depending on the

beam's cross-sectional shape along its length, the location of shear center may vary from section

to section. A line connecting all the shear centers is called the elastic axis of the beam. When a

beam is under the action of a more general lateral load system, then to prevent the beam from

twisting, the load must be centered along the elastic axis of the beam.

The two following points facilitate the determination of the shear center location.

1. The shear center always falls on a cross-sectional axis of symmetry.

2. If the cross section contains two axes of symmetry, then the shear center is located at

their intersection. Notice that this is the only case where shear center and centroid

coincide.

spaterspater

Page 239: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

239

239

If the cross section contains no axis of symmetry or only one axis of symmetry, the

determination of the exact location of shear center requires a more detailed analysis which we

will discuss in following sections.

6.3 Flexural Shear Stress and Shear Flow:

Derivation:

Consider a cantilever beam with a symmetric cross section subjected to a lateral

(or transverse) force P at the tip. The shear and normal stresses induced by this force are required

to be below the corresponding elastic limits of the material.

Next, we consider a transverse section located at some distance x from the free end of the beam

as shown above. The bending moment at this section is related to the normal stress according to

the equation

In order to go any further, we need to know how � x varies along the section. Recall from

previous chapter that if the section is in the state of pure bending, then the normal strain vaires

linearly. Furthermore, if the section is in elastic condition and the material is linearly elastic,

then according to Hooke's law, normal stress would vary linearly as well. With that in mind, we

need to determine whether the normal strain varies linearly in the presence of transverse shear

force. Without getting too deep into the theory of elasticity, it suffices to say that if the beam is

long compared to its cross section, then the normal strain does vary linearly. On the other hand,

if the beam is short, then normal strain variation is in fact nonlinear when transverse shear force

is present.

So we either have to limit our analysis to long beams or assume that the normal strain variation

is linear regardless of the length of the beam. With the requirement of elastic condition and the

spaterspater

Page 240: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

240

240

use of linearly elastic materials, the general elastic bending formula described in the previous

chapter can be used. In the presence of one moment component and zero product of inertia, the

normal stress equation reduces to

The distance y is measured from the centroidal z axis (which in this case coincides with the

neutral axis), Iz is the moment of inertia of the section about the z axis.

Relating the bending moment to the applied shear force P gives

The maximum normal stress, at section x, will occur at the farthest distance from the neutral

axis. In this case the stress distribution indicates that distance to be to the top surface of the

section as shown below.

To examine the shear force and associated shear stress created as a result of transverse force P,

let's consider a beam segment highlighted in the figure below. While the left edge of the beam

segment is free from any force in the x direction, the right edge is not due to the presence of �x.

The question is how can equilibrium be maintained in this case? This points to the existance of a

horizontal shear force H along the bottom surface (longitudinal surface) of the highlighted

segment. The important point to notice first is that a transverse shear force results in the creation

of a longitudinal shear force.

Now the equation for equilibrium of forces in the x direction is written as

spaterspater

Page 241: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

241

241

where A* represents the area of the beam section from y1 to c. Making appropriate substitutions

and simplifying the resulting equation gives

The integral term represents a geometric quantity referred to as the moment of area,and is

denoted by Qz. The subscript z indicates that the moment of area is obtained about the z axis.

The equation for H can be written as

This equation indicates that the longitudinal shear force is an explicit function of x and an

implicit function of y through the moment of area. At the tip section x is zero, hence H is zero

for any value y. However, for any positive value of x, the variation in H depends on the location

of y1. It can be shown that for y1 = 0, H reaches its maximum value whereas at y1 corresponding

to the top and bottom surfaces, H goes to zero. Therefore, the longitudinal shear force H varies

linearly with respect to x and quadratically with respect to y.

Now, divide both sides of the equation by x

Note that P times x represents the moment Mz at position x, and that in the limit as x approaches

zero, Px/x simply represents the change in the bending moment which is simply equal to the

transverse shear force at that location. Therefore, we can rewrite this equation as

The ratio of H over x represents the quantity known as the shear flow denoted by q. In this case,

shear flow is acting along the longitudinal surface located at distance y1. For the problem

described here, the shear flow can be written as

At a given position x, q varies according to the variation of Q. The equation for Q reveals that at

the NA corresponding to y1 = 0, Q reaches its maximum value, and at y1 corresponding to the

top and bottom surfaces, it will be zero.

To obtain the flexural shear stress along the longitudinal surface corresponding to y = y1, we

simply divide q by the width of the longitudinal surface. If this dimension is denoted by t, then

spaterspater

Page 242: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

242

242

The subscripts on � indicates that the longitudinal surface has a normal vector in the y direction

and that the shear stress component is in the direction of x axis. Since shear stress in the

longitudinal plane must be equal to that in the transverse plane, then the two subscripts can

change places without any change in the right hand side of the equation. The equation above is

known as the average flexural shear stress formula.

Although the value of shear flow is always maximum at the neutral axis location, we cannot

conclude that shear stress will also be maximum there. The reason is that t may vary from one

point to another, and that it is possible for a point other than the neutral axis to have the

maximum shear stress. In order to calculate the maximum shear stress, the following relationship

should always be followed.

Restrictions:

Before we can apply the average flexural shear stress formula, we must consider

the restrictions that apply to this equation:

1. The section has to be homogeneous (made of a single material).

2. The section has to have an axis of symmetry, therefore, product of inertia is zero.

3. The shear force V passes through the shear center of the section, and is parallel to one of the

two principal centroidal axes.

4. The shear stress at every point is below the corresponding elastic limit of the material.

Pop Question:

What if the longitudinal surface we considered in above derivation was not parallel to z axis?

What would change in that case?

Answer:

To answer these questions, consider the figure shown below.

spaterspater

Page 243: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

243

243

In the case of horizontal longitudinal surface, we will be calculating the yx or xy component of

shear stress. To calculate Qz we use the area above the longitudinal surface. t in this case is equal

to the distance from the left edge to the right edge of the top section. In the case of the vertical

longitudinal surface, we will be calculating a different component of shear stress, i.e., �zx which

is the same as �xz on the transverse surface. In this case Qz can be found by considering the area

to the right side of the longitudinal surface, and t would be equal to the flange thickness. This

difference is demonstrated in the following discussion:

If V is along z direction, then the moment of inertia is that about the perpendicular axis or y axis

in this case. For Vz loading, the flexural shear stress formula can be written as

Therefore, at a given point on the cross section we can calculate two components of shear stress

depending on the orientation of the longitudinal surface. Generally speaking, one component is

always much larger than the other thus, that would be the one of most interest in the analysis.

Table below gives equations for maximum shear stress for specific cross sections. The distance e

is defined as the distance from the neutral axis to the point of maximum shear stress. The shear

force V is normal to the NA and it acts along the vertical axis of symmetry, hence through the

shear center. The maximum shear stress is given in terms of the ratio V/A.

spaterspater

Page 244: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

244

244

Shear Stress Variation:

If we obtain the equation that describes the shear stress as a function of position on the cross

section, it would be easy to find how shear stress varies from point to point as shown in the

example figure below.

spaterspater

Page 245: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

245

245

Knowing that the ratio V/I is constant for a given section, we need to only concentrate on the

variation described by Q/t. For example, if we follow the derivation steps, we find the average

flexural shear stress variation for a beam with rectangular cross section, as shown above, will be

parabolic according to the equation

Shear Flow Variation:

The shear flow distribution at a given cross section is determined by writing the

equation VQ/I, which is basically the shear stress multiplied by 't'. The shear flow distribution

calculation can be seen in the example problems given at the bottom of this page.

Here are some examples of shear flow diagrams for sections with at least one axis of symmetry.

Each of these cases show the shear flow when the shearing load passes though the shear center.

In each of these shear flow diagrams, the maximum shear flow occurs at the neutral axis, which

passes through the centroid of the section. This will also be the location of the maximum shear

stress as the wall thickness is constant. Also notice how the shear load is perpendicular to the

NA.

spaterspater

Page 246: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

246

246

Example 1

A cantilever beam with T cross section is loaded at the tip by a vertical force. Determine at

section n-n:

• (a) Maximun compressive stress.

• (b) Maximum tensile stress.

• (c) Maximum shear stress.

Note: Stresses induced by the tip load do not exceed the elastic limits of the material used.

spaterspater

Page 247: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

247

247

EQUATIONS USED

Solution

Using line b-b as reference, with positive direction downward, the y centroidal coordinate is

determined as

Since the beam is elastic, the netrual axis will pass through its cross-sectional centroid. The

moment that force P produces is about the horizontal axis, therefore, neutral axis coincides with

the horizontal centroidal axis in this problem as shown in the figure below.

The applied load puts the portion above the NA in tension and the one below in compression.

spaterspater

Page 248: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

248

248

The moment of inertia about the horizontal centroidal axis is the only one that is needed to be

calculated here, and is determined as

(a) The maximum compressive stress will occur at the farthest point from the NA, on the

compression side. At section n-n the bending moment is

The corresponding compressive stress will be

(b) The maximum tensile stress will occur at the farthest point from the NA on the tension side.

spaterspater

Page 249: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

249

249

(c) As was explained earlier, the shear stress should be viewed as the ratio (V/I) times the ratio

(Q/t). At a given section along the length of the beam (V/I) is constant. This means that the

maximum shear stress will occur at the point on the cross section which results in the largest

(Q/t) value.

Without any exception, the first moment of area, Q is always maximum at the NA. Since in this

cross section the width t is also minimum at the NA, we can conclude that the maximum shear

stress will occur there.

Side Note:

Based on the above discussion, it is quite possible for the maximum shear stress

to occur at a point other than the NA. You must always be aware of this fact when analyzing a

beam under transverse shear loads.

To determine Q, cut the cross section horizontally at the NA and choose either the top or the

bottom portion, it doesn't matter which because the same answer will result using either portion.

Therefore, it makes sense to pick the portion with the simplest shape to calculate Q, in this case

the bottom portion.

spaterspater

Page 250: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

250

250

The maximum shear stress on the transverse plane n-n is found to be

The shear stress distribution over the entire cross section was not asked for in the problem

statement, but it is shown below for completeness.

Notice that the shear stress distribution shows only one component of shear stress (i.e., the

vertical component). While this component is the dominant one along the vertical flange, it is the

smallest one along the horizontal flanges. To determine the dominant component of shear stress

along the top flanges (i.e., horizontal component), we must make a vertical cut along either the

left or the right flange (due to symmetry) and calculate Q/t along the flange. The variation of

shear stress will be linear with the largest flange shear stress occuring near the junction of the

three flanges. We will see this difference in later example problems. However, in this problem

the overall maximum shear stress at section n-n is the one found earlier.

It is also important to point out a couple of things about the shear stress distribution shown. First,

notice that the variation of shear stress is quadratic. This is governed solely by the equation for

spaterspater

Page 251: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

251

251

Q. Second, notice the discontinuity at the junction. This is because as we go from top to bottom

surface, the thickness suddenly changes at the junction. The sharp reduction in thickness is

responsible for the sharp increase in the shear stress.

Example 2

A beam with the cross section shown is acted upon in its plane of symmetry by a 3 kN force. For

points A and B located at section n-n, shown in the figure below, determine the average shear

stress. The moment of inertia and centroid location are given in the figure.

Note: Stresses induced by the load do not exceed the elastic limits of the corresponding material.

Equation Used

Solution

First the vertical shear 'V' at n-n is determined from the free body diagram shown below

spaterspater

Page 252: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

252

252

The moment of area Q at point A, for a horizontal cut is given as

Thickness 't' is defined by the width of the 'cut' which in this case is 100 mm. Hence, the average

shear stress at point A is

spaterspater

Page 253: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

253

253

Notice this is the vertical component of shear stress at point A. The moment of area Q at point B,

for a horizontal cut is given as

Point B is at the intersection of the web and the flange. The width of the cut is 20 mm, making

the shear stress

The shear stress at a point is mostly dependent on the thickness of the member at that point.

Usually, in thinner members more shear stress will be present as demonstrated by this example.

Shear Stress Components τYx And τZx

spaterspater

Page 254: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

254

254

The T section shown below is used to explain the difference between the two components of

shear stress, i.e., � yx and �zx. Let's assume that the transverse shear force is along the y axis

(passing through the shear center of the section) and that Vy = 1000 lb.

Solution:

With the shear force along the y axis, the average flexural shear stress formula for the two

components of interest is written as

Although the general form of the equation is the same for both components, there is a difference

in the way Qz and t are found in each case. With Vy given, we proceed with the calculation of

centroidal position.

The centroid is located at 3.25 in. from the bottom edge of the section. The moment of inertia

about the z axis is found as

To calculate the �yx component of shear stress, the longitudinal surface has to have a normal in

the y direction. The intersection of this longitudinal surface and the transverse surface is shown

by a solid blue line in the figure below.

spaterspater

Page 255: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

255

255

Depending on the position of the longitudinal surface along the y axis, the corresponding value

for Qz is found as

The equation for Qz is quadratic. Qzmax = 5.28 in3, and it occurs at the NA (y2 = 0). The variation

of Qz is shown below.

With the variation of Qz known, �yx is found as

spaterspater

Page 256: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

256

256

Keep in mind that t is the width of the longitudinal surface. Along -3.25 < y <

0.75, t = 1 in. and along 0.75 < y < 1.75, t = 4 in. As is shown in the figure above, there is a

discontinuity in the shear stress at y = 0.75 in. due to the discontinuity in t. The maximum value

of �yx is found to be 290.64 psi and it occurs at the NA. The values of �yx over the longitudinal

surface are equal in magnitude to the corresponding �xy values on the transverse surface.

It is crucial to pay attention to �yx variation at the junction. The value of 68.81 psi found in the

analysis refers to the shear stress in the horizontal flanges just above the junction point. As there

can be no shear stress on a free surface, the shear stress �yx and its counterpart �xy are zero at

points B and C but not at point A. As indicated by its plot, �yx is more significant in the vertical

flange as opposed to horizontal flanges.

To calculate the �zx component of shear stress, the longitudinal surface has to have a normal in

the z direction. The intersection of this longitudinal surface and the transverse surface is shown

by a solid blue line in the figure below.

Depending on the position of the longitudinal surface along the z axis, the corresponding value

for Qz is found as

spaterspater

Page 257: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

257

257

The equation for Qz is linear in this case. At the section intersecting the corner of the horizontal

and vertical flanges i.e., zz = +/-0.5, Qz = 1.875 in3. The variation of Qz is shown below.

The blue dashed line gives the Qz variation at the junction of the horizontal and vertical flanges.

This value is used to find the shear flow at that location.

With the variation of Qz known, �zx is found as

Keep in mind that t is the width of the longitudinal surface. Along -2 < z < -0.5, t = 1 in. As is

shown in the figure above, �zx reaches its maximum value of 103.21 psi in the horizontal flanges

at the junction with the vertical flange. In the vertical flange this component of shear stress is

zero as shown below.

spaterspater

Page 258: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

258

258

Notice that there is a counterpart shear stress (�xz) on the transverse surface. Also in this case

�zx is more significant in the horizontal flanges as opposed to the vertical flange.

key observation:

At any point on the boundary the resultant shear stress is parallel to the boundary. This fact helps

us to sketch the figures shown below as a general depiction of shear flow and shear stress

variations in this example.

spaterspater

Page 259: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

259

259

Derivation of the average flexural shear stress equation for a rectangular section under a

vertical transverse shear force:

We start with the formula for the average flexural shear stress

where in this case 'V' is the vertical shear force at the section, 'I' is the moment of inertia about

the horizontal centroidal axis, 't' is the width of the section, and 'Q' is the first moment of area

about the horizontal centroidal axis.

For this derivation we need to isolate a portion of the section. We make a horizontal cut at a

distance 'y' from the horizontal centroidal axis (in this case also the neutral axis) as shown in the

figure below.

'V' force is usually a known quantity so we do the derivation in terms of V.

The moment of inertia about the horizontal centroidal axis of the rectangular cross section is

Next we write the equation for the moment of area of the shaded portion.

spaterspater

Page 260: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

260

260

Substituting these equations into the average flexural shear stress equation we get

The cross sectional area of the beam is 'A=2bc', this gives the final form of the equation

The plot of this shear stress variation is shown below.

For this narrow beam, the maximum shear stress occurs at the neutral axis. Also, at the very top

and bottom the shear stress is zero.

spaterspater

Page 261: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

261

261

6.4 Shear Flow Analysis for Symmetric Beams:

Shear Flow Calculation:

To calculate the shear flow over a section of interest we must have the value of

transverse shear force V that is acting along a principal axis. This force is either given or should

be obtained from the shear diagram. Then we need to have the moment of inertia about an axis

that is perpendicular to the direction of the transverse shear force. For example, if V is along y,

we need to have Iz, or if V is along z, we need to calculate Iy. With Vz/Iy or Vy/Iz known, we

calculate the first moment of area, Q. If V is along the y direction, we need to calculate Q about

the z axis. To do this a segment of the cross section is isolated from the rest, and its moment

about the z axis is calculated. The way we isolate a segment is by cutting it perpendicular to its

thickness. We will see how this is done in the example problems at the end of this section. An

example of a shear flow diagram is shown below.

Notice that in this example, the transverse shear load is in the vertical direction. Thus, the

moment of inertia about the horizontal centroidal axis is used for the calculation of shear flow.

The shear flows along the top flange and the web are calculated as

spaterspater

Page 262: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

262

262

The direction of shear flow has to be consistent with that of the resultant shear force, in this case

Vy.

We can also calculate the shear force acting in each member. To do this, we simply integrate the

shear flow along each member.

Key Observation:

If we examine the internal shear force distribution we observe the following facts.

Since the resultant shear force is in vertical direction, the two flange forces (in horizontal

direction) will add up to zero as they should. However, if we compare the force in the vertical

web, F2 to Vy we find that they are not the same. Although this may indicate that force

equilibrium is violated, the fact is otherwise. We know from previous discussion that shear stress

at a given point is represented in terms of its two perpendicular components. We also said that

usually one component is much larger than the other. In this case the vertical component of shear

stress in top and bottom flanges is much smaller than its horizontal component but not

necessarily zero. If we were to consider the vertical component of shear stress in the two flanges

and calculate the corresponding shear force, we will find that they added with F2 will be equal to

Vy.

The reason we don't go through the trouble of calculating these forces is because they are much

smaller than F2. In fact we can see that if b > > t, then F2 is > 90% of Vy. It is important to know

this fact when doing bending analysis under transverse loads.

Shear Center Calculation:

The shear center is found using moment equilibrium. We show the resultant

transverse shear force acting at the shear center which is at some distance e from the point of

reference, usually the centroid of the cross section. We then write the moment produced by the

resultant shear force V, set it equal to the sum of moments produced by individual internal force

components, F1, F2 and F3, and solve for the unknown distance, ez in this case. Paying attention

to the direction of each moment, we can write

spaterspater

Page 263: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

263

263

Beam Sections Not Loaded Through the Shear Center:

If the applied shear force does not pass through the shear center, it will force the

beam to twist as it bends. This eccentricity produces a torque, that will cause an additional shear

flow and shear stress. The analysis used for torsion of beams with open cross sections (I.4) can

be used here to find the constant shear flow and corresponding shear stress at a desired point on

the cross section.

In analysis of such sections, the shear force is replaced by an equivalent force-couple at the shear

center. The final shear stress diagram will be the superposition of 1. the shear stress with the

shear force passing through the shear center,and 2. the shear stress induced by the associated

torque about the shear center.

An example of this kind of loading is shown below. Note that in this case, the maximum shear

stress occurs at a point on the neutral axis which is on the left edge of the vertical flange.

Shear Force in Fasteners:

In many applications, beam sections consist of several pieces of material that are

attached together in a number ways: bolts, rivets, nails, glue, weld, etc. In such so called built-up

sections we are interested in knowing the amount of shear stress and the resulting shear force at

the cross section of fasteners or over the glued surface.

spaterspater

Page 264: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

264

264

The figure shown below gives an example of two rectangular members that are attached by

means of mechanical fasteners. In this case, we want to know the amount of shear stress as well

as shear force carried by each fastener. The fasteners are spaced evenly at a distance of s. Each

fastener has a cross-sectional area denoted by Af.

Note that the surface of contact or joint is treated as a frictionless surface. Therefore, the shear

flow is carried entirely by the fasteners.

If at a given section, there are more than one fastener, the shear flow will maintain the same

value, but the shear force and shear stress will change depending on the number and size of

fasteners used. For example, if at a given section there are two identical fasteners as shown

below, then the force in each is found as shown below.

spaterspater

Page 265: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

265

265

Example Problems

Example 1

For the beam and loading shown, determine:

• (a) the location and magnitude of the maximum transverse shear force 'Vmax',

• (b) the shear flow 'q' distribution due to 'Vmax',

• (c) the 'x' coordinate of the shear center measured from the centroid,

• (d) the maximun shear stress and its location on the cross section.

Stresses induced by the loads do not exceed the elastic limits of the material. Assume the

transverse force passes through the shear center of the beam at every cross section.

Equations Used

Solution

spaterspater

Page 266: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

266

266

(a) To find the maximum transvere shear, the shear at each section along the beam between

sections A and D must be found. This means that we need to draw the shear diagram. To do this

we have to take the following steps: From the free body diagram, the reactions at A and D are

The transverse shear variation along the section with distributed force can be found by using the

integral equation

spaterspater

Page 267: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

267

267

The resulting shear diagram shown below indicates that the maximum shear force is Vmax =

55.8 kN and it occurs along portion CD.

(b) For the shear flow analysis we must consider a beam section with maximum shear force. In

this case any section along portion CD will satisfy this requirement. To obtain the shear flow,

first draw the picture of the cross section. Since the moment of inertia about the horizontal

centroidal axis (perpendicular to the direction of V) is already given, we can go directly to the

moment of area (Q) calculation. Begin at the free end of the top right flange where we know the

shear flow is zero, and consider a portion of length s as shown in the figure below.

spaterspater

Page 268: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

268

268

Write the equation for the shear flow in terms of the moment of area of the portion of length s.

Notice that the moment of inertia is that of the entire I cross section about the horizontal

centroidal axis, which is perpendicular to the direction of V.

Due to symmetry about the vertical centroidal axis, the shear flow in the top left flange will be

the same as the flow in the top right (same magnitude, opposite direction). Also due to symmetry

about the horizontal centroidal axis, the shear flow in bottom flanges will be the same as the

ones on top (same magnitude, opposite direction).

spaterspater

Page 269: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

269

269

In the web, the shear flow doesn't start from zero, like it did in the flanges. This is because the

starting point of the web is a junction and not a free end. The starting shear flow for the web is

shown in the figure below.

Using the fluid flow analogy the flow coming into the web-flange junction from flanges must

leave the junction through the web.

To determine the shear flow variation along the web, isolate a section of length w along the web

as shown in the figure below.

Write the shear flow equation by writing the starting value which is 128.96 kN/m, and adding to

it the contribution of the web. V/I ratio stays the same (as it should), and all that remains to be

calculated is the moment of area of length w along the web.

spaterspater

Page 270: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

270

270

The complete shear flow diagram is shown below. The shear force in the web is found by

calculating the area under the q diagram. This gives a value of 54.626 kN which represents

approximately 98% of the total shear force which is 55.8 kN. The rest of it (not shown), as

explained before, will be carried by the top and bottom flanges.

(c) Since this is a doubly symmetric cross section, the shear center is located at the intersection

of the axes of symmetry which is the centroid.

(d) The maximum shear stress will occur at the point on the cross section where the ratio (q/t) is

maximum. In this problem that point is located on the neutral axis.

spaterspater

Page 271: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

271

271

In summary, the maximum shear stress in the flange is 6.829 MPa and occurs at the intersection

of the flange and the web (i.e., s = 61 mm). The minimum shear stress in the web is 21.493 MPa

and the maximum shear stress is 30.511 MPa.

Example 2

For the beam and loading shown, determine:

• (a) the location and magnitude of the maximum transverse shear force 'Vmax',

• (b) the shear flow 'q' distribution due to 'Vmax',

• (c) the 'x' coordinate of the shear center measured from the centroid,

• (d) the maximun shear stress and its location on the cross section.

Stresses induced by the load do not exceed the elastic limits of the material. The transverse force

passes through the shear center of the beam at every cross section.

Equation Used

spaterspater

Page 272: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

272

272

Solution

(a) To find the maximum transvere shear, the shear at each section along the beam between

sections A and D must be found. This means that we need to draw the shear diagram. To do this

we have to take the following steps:

From the free body diagram, the reactions at A and D are

The transverse shear can be found by using the integral equation from mechanics of materials

spaterspater

Page 273: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

273

273

The resulting shear diagram shown below indicates that the maximum shear force is Vmax =

55.8 kN and it occurs along portion CD.

Notice that the answer to part (a) is the same as the one found in Example 1. This is because the

beam supports and loading condition dictate the transverse shear force variation along the length

of the beam. The shape of the beam cross section has no effect on this variation.

spaterspater

Page 274: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

274

274

(b) For the shear flow calculation, with the shear force and the moment of inertia about the

horizontal centroidal axis known, we again begin from a free end where we know the shear flow

is zero. In this case, we start from the free end of the top right flange. Note that we could have

chosen any of the three free ends of the cross section. The final variation would come out to be

exactly the same regardless of which flange tip we started from.

For the segment of length s, write the moment of area equation and put it in the shear flow

equation as given below.

Due to symmetry about the vertical centroidal axis, the shear flow in the top left flange will be

the same as the flow in the top right (same magnitude, opposite direction).

spaterspater

Page 275: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

275

275

For the web, begin at the web-flange junction. What pours into the web is what enters the

junction from each flange.

Consider the segment of length w along the web. Write the equation for its moment of area, and

put it in the shear flow equation as in Example 1.

spaterspater

Page 276: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

276

276

The final shear flow diagram is shown below. Note the linear variations in horizontal flanges and

quadratic variation in the vertical flange.

If we integrate the shear flow equation for the vertical flange we obtain a shear force of 55.02

kN. This is approximately 99% of the total shear force of 55.8 kN. The remaining 1% is carried

by the horizontal flanges.

(c) Do to symmetry about the vertical axis, the shear center falls along that axis, but not at the

centroid as was the case with doubly symmetric I cross section of beam in Example 1. With the

shear center falling on the vertical axis of symmetry its x-coordinate measured from the centroid

is obviously zero.

spaterspater

Page 277: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

277

277

(d) The maximum shear stress will occur at the point on the cross section where (q/t) is

maximum. In this case maximum shear stress occurs at the neutral axis and its value is

To summarize, the maximum shear stress in the horizontal flanges occur at their respective

junction with the vertical flange. This shear stress is 9.02 MPa. The minimum shear stress in the

vertical flange is 28.39 MPa and the maximum shear stress is 35.99 MPa.

EXAMPLE 3

For the beam and loading shown, determine:

• (a) the location and magnitude of the maximum transverse shear force 'Vmax',

• (b) the shear flow 'q' distribution due the 'Vmax',

• (c) the 'x' coordinate of the shear center measured from the centroid,

• (d) the maximun shear stress and its location on the cross section.

Stresses induced by the load do not exceed the elastic limits of the material.

NOTE:In this problem the applied transverse shear force passes through the centroid of the

cross section, and not its shear center.

Equations Used

spaterspater

Page 278: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

278

278

Solution

(a) To find the maximum transvere shear, the shear at each section along the beam between

sections A and D must be found. This means that we need to draw the shear diagram. To do this

we have to take the following steps:

From the free body diagram, the reactions at A and D are

The transverse shear can be found by using mechanics of materials

spaterspater

Page 279: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

279

279

The resulting shear diagram shown below indicates that the maximum shear force is Vmax =

55.8 kN and it occurs along portion CD. Notice once again that the diagram is exactly the same

as those found in the previous two example problems as the loads and boundary conditions have

not changes.

spaterspater

Page 280: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

280

280

(b) For the shear flow analysis we need to have the moment of inertia about the centroidal axis

perpendicular to the shear force, in this case the horizontal centroidal axis. The dimensions of the

cross section are measured to the middle of each adjacent member for simplicity. Hence, the

cross section can be treated as

The moment of inertia is found as

Notice that in this problem the applied lateral load does not pass through the shear center. This

means that as a result of this loading, the beam will twist while bending. The principle of

superposition allows us to break this problem into two parts. In the first part we will determine

spaterspater

Page 281: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

281

281

the shear stress due to V through the shear center, and in the second part we will determine the

shear stress due to accompanying torque as was explained earlier. For the shear flow due to V

passing through the shear center, we start at the free end of the top right flange by isolating a

portion of length s along the flange, same as in previous examples.

Write the equation for the moment of area of the isolated section, and put it in the shear flow

equation as given below.

For the web start from the web-flange junction and write the shear flow equation considering the

moment of area of w portion along the web.

spaterspater

Page 282: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

282

282

The bottom flange will have the same shear flow as the top flange due to horizontal centroidal

symmetry of the cross section.

spaterspater

Page 283: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

283

283

NOTE: always check your final value of q to make sure that at the free end you get zero. The

shear flow diagram shown is only due to V through the shear center and does not represent the

final or true shear flow variation. However, this is the variation we need in order to find the

location of shear center.

(c) Because of symmetry about the horizontal centroidal axis, the shear center must be located

on that axis. Therefore, its 'y' coordinate is known. The 'x' coordinate of shear center can be

determined by summing moments about the centroid. First, we need to find the force in each

flange and the web. The force along each member is just the area under the shear flow curve.

spaterspater

Page 284: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

284

284

The force in the flange is the area of the triangle (the height and length would be 488.5 and .12).

But as long as the equations are available, it's easier to just integrate.

Always calculate the summation of vertical and horizontal forces, and check them against the

resultant force. With only a vertical force acting on the section, the sum of horizontal forces

should add up to zero, as they do. Notice that the vertical force along the web is almost 99.7% of

V with the remaining 0.3% carried by the flanges as explained before. Summing moments about

the centroid gives the horizontal coordinate of the shear center. Since the answer came out

positive, it means that the shear center is to the left of the web as assumed.

spaterspater

Page 285: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

285

285

(d) The shear flow diagram shown above is only the contribution of the force through the shear

center.

There is also a shear flow induced by the torque about the shear center. Knowing the location of

shear center, we can now calculate the torque as shown in the figure below.

The value of torque is determined as

Recall from the discussion of thin-walled sections in pure torsion and the elastic membrane

analogy that the shear stress contours along each member can be shown as in the figure below.

spaterspater

Page 286: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

286

286

To use the equation for torque-induced maximum shear stress, we first need to calculate the a/t

ratio. Since all members have the same thickness, the maximum shear stress due to torque occurs

in the middle of the longest member, in this case the web.

Looking at the shear stress contours, we observe that near the inside edge of the web the shear

stress is downward, therefore, it would add to the one caused by the shear force through the

shear center. With both components being maximum at the neutral axis, the calculation of the

overall maximum shear stress would be performed as

The maximum shear stress occurs at the NA, on the inside edge of the web.

6.5 Shear Flow Analysis for Unsymmetric Beams:

In chapter II, a general equation for the bending stress was introduced. It was

further shown that this equation could be used on any cross section, symmetric or unsymmetric,

under symmetric or Unsymmetric bending moment. There is a similar general equation for shear

flow. It too can be used for any cross section, symmetric or unsymmetric, under symmetric or

unsymmetric transverse shear force. This equation is derived from Eq. (II.1), and is given as

spaterspater

Page 287: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

287

287

When the section is symmetric there will be no product of inertia, and if only a vertical shear

force is applied, this equation reduces to what we have used previously for determining shear

flow distribution at a given section.

The analysis procedure for unsymmetrical cross sections is as follows:

• Determine, as needed, the centroid, moments of inertia, and the shearing load in the

problem.

• Consider the two parts of the general shear flow equation separately.

• Determine the shear flow resulting from each part.

• Combine the two parts together to get the final shear flow distribution.

When using this equation, it is important to consider the 'signs' on the transverse shear force

components, Vx and Vy. The sign convention used is as follows:

spaterspater

Page 288: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

288

288

Example

For the beam and loading shown, determine:

• (a) the location and magnitude of the maximum transverse shear force,

• (b) the shear flow 'q' distribution due to 'Vmax',

• (c) the 'x' coordinate of the shear center measured from the centroid of the cross section.

Stresses induced by the load do not exceed the elastic limits of the material. The transverse shear

force is applied through the shear center at every section of the beam. Also, the length of each

member is measured to the middle of the adjacent member.

Equations Used

Solution

spaterspater

Page 289: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

289

289

With the cross section being unsymmetric about the centroidal axes x and y, we need to calculate

the product of inertia. However, first we need to know where the centroid is located. Then we

can calculate the moments of inertia Ix, and Iy, and the product of inertia, Ixy. The calculations

lead to the following answers:

(a) To find the maximum transvere shear force, the shear at each point between A and D must be

found. From the free body diagram, the reactions at A and D are

The transverse shear can be found from mechanics of materials

spaterspater

Page 290: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

290

290

From the diagram, the maximum shear force is found to be

spaterspater

Page 291: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

291

291

(b) To find the shear flow use equation A14.14. With only a vertical force acting on the section,

whatever the sign, the magnitude of the shear flow will not change with the choice of sign. But

to be consistent with the discussion on the sign convention, the shear force is negative along

portion CD of the beam, as shown in the shear diagram.

Notice that in the above equation Vx is zero, as there is no horizontal force acting on the section.

Work on one part of the general shear flow equation at a time.

Part 1

Obtain the shear flow variation by considering the summation of xA which constitutes the

moment of aera Q in this case.

spaterspater

Page 292: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

292

292

The equation for the vertical flange is linear, and it would be easy to plot. The horizontal flange

would be a little harder to plot accurately as it is parabolic, we also need to obtain more

information. For example, what are the roots of the shear flow equation (corresponding to a zero

shear flow, which indicates a change in shear flow direction), and where is the slope of the shear

curve zero (corresponding to the location of maximum shear flow along the horizontal flange).

With all the necessary information determined, the shear flow distribution corresponding to part

1 of the general shear flow equation can be plotted as shown below.

spaterspater

Page 293: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

293

293

Notice that the shear flow never took a zero value, except at the free ends, hence no change in

sign (i.e., direction) was observed.

Part 2

For this part we need to calculate the moment of area due to summation of yA.

With the picture shown above, the moment of area can be calculated and put into the part 2 of

the general shear flow equation as shown below.

spaterspater

Page 294: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

294

294

With the flow variation along the vertical flange being parabolic this time, we need to examine

the equation along the vertical flange to see if shear flow goes to zero anywhere along its length.

The shear flow from part 2 is shown below.

spaterspater

Page 295: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

295

295

Now, combine the two parts together by adding (algebraically) the shear flow components along

each flange as.

spaterspater

Page 296: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

296

296

Vertical Flange

Check to see if there is a change in direction of shear flow along this flange.

Horizontal Flange

Check to see if there is a change in direction of shear flow along this flange.

As the calculations indicate, there is infact a point along the horizontal flange where the shear

flow switches direction. This is captured in the final shear flow distribution shown below.

spaterspater

Page 297: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

297

297

To make sure that the values found are correct. We must check the equilibrium of forces in x and

y directions, individually.

The equilibrium is satisfied. Therefore, we can presume that our analysis is correct.

(c) The 'x' component of the shear center is determined by summing the moments about an

arbitrary point, here we choose point 'G' at the intersection of vertical and horizontal flanges.

spaterspater

Page 298: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

298

298

With the resultant force along each flange passing through the corner of the angle section, they

produce no moment about point G, therefore

If we look at this angle section carefully, we observe that with the two flanges being identical,

and separated by 90 degrees, an axis of symmetry is created along the 45 degree line between the

two flanges passing through the corner. Hence, as before the shear center is located on the axis

of symmetry. Notice also since this axis of symmetry was not along x or the y axes, the product

of inertia Ixy did not vanish. Something to ponder upon!

6.6 Analysis of Beams with Constant Shear Flow Webs:

The discussions of flexural shear stress and shear flow, so far, have been focused

on sections which are fully effective in bending. This means that the entire cross section was

used in calculation of centroid and moments of inertia. The shear flow varied either linearly or

non-linearly along each member of the cross section. As such the calculation of shear flow was

somewhat involved.

In this section our focus shifts to built-up beams (with open section) that are composed of thin

web(s) supported by stiffeners (or stringers). In the analysis of such beams the following

assumptions are made.

spaterspater

Page 299: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

299

299

Assumptions:

1. Calculations of centroid, symmetry, moments of area and moments of inertia are based

totally on the areas and distribution of beam stiffeners.

2. A web does not change the shear flow between two adjacent stiffeners and as such would be

in the state of constant shear flow.

3. The stiffeners carry the entire bending-induced normal stresses, while the web(s) carry the

entire shear flow and corresponding shear stresses.

Analysis:

Let's begin with a simplest thin-walled stiffened beam. This means a beam with

two stiffeners and a web. Such a beam can only support a transverse force that is parallel to a

straight line drawn through the centroids of two stiffeners. Examples of such a beam are shown

below. In these three beams, the value of shear flow would be equal although the webs have

different shapes.

The reason the shear flows are equal is that the distance between two adjacent stiffeners is

shown to be 'd' in all cases, and the applied force is shown to be equal to 'R' in all cases. The

shear flow along the web can be determined by the following relationship

Important Features of Two-Stiffener, Single-Web Beams:

• Shear flow between two adjacent stiffeners is constant.

• The magnitude of the resultant shear force is only a function of the straight line between

the two adjacent stiffeners, and is absolutely independent of the web shape.

spaterspater

Page 300: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

300

300

• The direction of the resultant shear force is parallel to the straight line connecting the

adjacent stiffeners.

• The location of the resultant shear force is a function of the enclosed area (between the

web, the stringers at each end and the arbitrary point 'O'), and the straight distance

between the adjacent stiffeners. This is the only quantity that depends on the shape of the

web connecting the stiffeners.

• The line of action of the resultant force passes through the shear center of the section.

For multi-stiffener, multi-web beams the shear flow never changes direction in the web between

the adjacent stiffeners. But it can change direction at a stiffener separating two adjacent webs.

Example 1

For each of the constant-shear-flow web sections shown, determine:

• (a) the magnitude of the resultant shear force,

• (b) the location of the resultant force (same as shear center), with respect to point 'O'

shown with each section.

• (c) the direction of the resultant force.

Let q=100 lb/in in each section.

spaterspater

Page 301: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

301

301

Equations Used

Solution

At a glance all of the three sections look very different, but once we do the analysis, we will be

able to see the similarities.

Maybe this is a good place to make an educated guess. With respect to magnitude, location, and

direction of the resultant force how similar are these sections?

Section 1:

The straight distance between the stringers at the ends of the web is

The magnitude of the force is therefore given as

The direction of the force is parallel to 'h'. The location of the force from point 'O' is

spaterspater

Page 302: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

302

302

The area A is shown by the hashed region.

Notice that the line of action of the resultant force passes through the shear center of the section.

You may ask the question, how would I know by using the scalar equation for 'e' which side of

line 'h' the force should be shown?

The answer is simple. Remember that the resultant force should produce the same moment about

point 'O' as the components. Looking at the shear flow direction shown for section 1, the shear

flow produces a counter clockwise moment about point 'O'. Therefore, the resultant shear force

must do the same. The arrow on the resultant force vector is consistent with the direction of the

shear flow along the web, or the shear force in each segment of the web (i.e., the vertical parts

and the horizontal part).

Section 2:

The magnitude of the force is given as

spaterspater

Page 303: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

303

303

The direction of the force is parallel to 'h'. The location of the force measured from point 'O' is

The area 'A' is shown by the hashed region.

Notice that the same reasoning as before can be used to show the correct direction and location

of the resultant shear force.

Section 3:

The magnitude of the force is given as

The direction of the resultant shear force is parallel to 'h'. The location of the resultant shear

force requires the use of equation for 'e'.

Note that for the previous two sections when we drew straight lines from each stringer to

reference point 'O', the resulting region produced a single enclosed area. With the shape we have

here, when we connect the ends of the web to point 'O' by two straight lines, the result is two

instead of one area. Hmmm! Interesting! What should we do now?

spaterspater

Page 304: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

304

304

Well we don't give up this easily. We just have to interpret equation we use for 'e' a bit more

carefully. In situations such as this, when more than one cell is created, the direction of moment

of shear flow in the two areas may be opposite. As is the case here. So we look at the expanded

form of equation for 'e'. We calculate 'e' associated with each cell from the equation e=2A/h,

then we add them together by paying attention to the direction of moment the shear flow in each

cell produces about point 'O'.

Here, the bigger cell produces a counter clockwise moment, whereas the smaller one produces a

clockwise moment. The location of the resulant force is, hence, determined as

spaterspater

Page 305: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

305

305

Now, when we compare the three sections, we realize in all three, the magnitude of the resultant

shear force was exactly the same. The difference in these sections appeared only in magnitude of

'e'. Also note that in all sections, the shear flow was directed in northwest direction, and as can

be seen so was the direction of the resultant shear force. Finally, the resultant force in each

section passes through the shear center of the section.

Example 2

For the multi-web, multi-stringer open-section beam shown, determine

• (a) the shear flow distribution,

• (b) the location of the shear center.

Equation Used

spaterspater

Page 306: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

306

306

Solution

The location of the centroid with respect to stringer 4, and moments of inertia are

(a) With no horizontal shear force, and with the above information, equation A14.14 reduces to

Starting at stringer 1 and working around to stinger 6, the shear flow due to the vertical shear is

spaterspater

Page 307: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

307

307

The shear flow diagram and the location and direction of each force component for this section

are shown below.

It is important to pay attention to the location of each force, especially the ones for the

semicircular webs.

spaterspater

Page 308: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

308

308

(b) To determine the 'x' coordinate of the shear center the web forces need to be calculated. Then

the moments are summed about stringer 4 with clockwise positive.

To find the 'y' coordinate of the shear center, a fictitious horizontal shear force 'Vx' is applied to

the beam, then the same analysis is repeated.

spaterspater

Page 309: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

309

309

Now calculate the force in each web.

spaterspater

Page 310: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

310

310

Use the moment equilibrium to determine the y-coordinate of the shear center.

The shear center location is shown in the figure below.

7. TRANSVERSE SHEAR LOADING OF BEAMS WITH CLOSED CROSS SECTIONS:

The topics discussed in this section deal with transverse shear loading of

unstiffened or thin-walled stiffened beams with CLOSED cross sections. Such beams are

generally referred to as BOX Beams. The methods of analysis discussed here are relevant to

airplane wing, tail, and fuselage structures. However, more reference is given to aircraft wing

structures composed of a single-cell or a multiple-cell closed box beam.

spaterspater

Page 311: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

311

311

Topics covered:

Flexural shear stress, shear flow, shear center of unstiffened and thin-walled

stiffened sections. Sections 1 through 4 deal with uniform beams whereas sections 5 and 6 deal

primarily with no uniform and tapered beams in which the cross-sectional moments of inertia are

not constant.

Restrictions: The beams are considered to be homogeneous and elastic.

7.1 Single-Cell Unstiffened Box Beam: Symmetrical About One Axis

7.2 Statically Determinate Box Beams With Constant-Shear-Flow Webs

7.3 Single-Cell Multiple-Flange Box Beams. Symmetric and Unsymmetric Cross Sections

7.4 Multiple-Cell Multiple-Flange Box Beams. Symmetric and Unsymmetric Cross Sections

7.5 The Determination of the Flexural Shear Flow Distribution by Considering the Changes in

Flange Loads (The Delta P Method)

7.6 Shear Flow in Tapered Sheet Panels

7.1 Single Cell Beams:

Shear flow distribution in beams having open cross sections. We used the general

shear flow equation to determine the shear flow variation starting from a free edge where we

know q = 0. In beams having closed cross sections, however, there is no free edge.

Consequently, the shear flow analysis for closed-section beams is slightly more complicated than

that for the open-section beams. For this analysis we will rely, to some extent, on the techniques

discussed previous chapters.

Two types of closed-section shear flow problems are discussed here.

In case 1, the resultant shear force passes through the shear center of the closed section.

Therefore, we know that in such a loading, the beam will bend without twisting. This is referred

to here as the bending problem.

spaterspater

Page 312: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

312

312

In case 2, the resultant shear force does not pass through the shear center. As a result, the beam

will twist as it bends. This is referred to here as the bend-twist problem.

There are two different methods to solve these types of problems. Method 1 is known as the

direct method, and method 2 is known as the indirect or shear center method. These two

methods of analysis are explained below.

Case 1: Bending Problem:

In these problems we know that the transverse shear force passes through the shear center of the

section. How do we know that? There are two possibilities. This fact may be explicitly stated in

the problem statement. Else, it may be realized by examining the geometric shape of the beam

cross section and where the applied load is shown to be acting. Therefore, it is obvious that beam

should bend without twisting.

To start the analysis, assume the shear flow is zero at an arbitrary point. This implies that the

section has been "cut" longitudinally at that point, thus creating a free edge. Then, we use the

general shear flow equation to find the "preliminary" shear flow distribution along each wall. We

designate this shear flow by q'. The reason we call this the preliminary shear flow is that it is

based on the assumption that shear flow is zero at the selected point. Also, with this being a

bending problem, the shear flow should result in the angle of twist of zero. If we were to use q'

to solve for the twist angle, it would not result in zero twist. This tells us that the shear flow q' is

not the true shear flow distribution.

To satisfy the zero-twist requirement, a constant shear flow of unknown magnitude q0 is added

to the shear flow distribution q' found previously. Recall the angle of twist equation for closed

sections discussed in Chapter I. We use that equation with q along each side being q' of that side

+ or - q0 depending on whether they are both in the same or opposite direction. By setting the

angle of twist to zero we find the constant shear flow q0. This value is then added to q' values

found previously to determine the final shear flow distribution, q.

These steps are graphically shown in the figure below for a doubly symmetric cross section

under a vertical transverse shear force through the shear center (which in this case coincides with

the cross-sectional centroid). Note the symmetry in the shear flow pattern. This is the

consequence of force acting along an axis of symmetry.

spaterspater

Page 313: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

313

313

Case 2: Bend-Twist Problem:

1. Direct Method

If we are just interested in determining the shear flow distribution due to the

resultant shear force with no interest in the location of shear center, then this is the easiest

method to use. In using this method, it does not matter whether or not the transverse shear force

is acting through the shear center.

As in the previous case, we begin the analysis by selecting a point and assuming that q' = 0.

Then we use the general shear flow equation to determine the preliminary shear flow distribution

q' all around the section. This shear flow distribution will satisfy the force equilibrium but not

the moment equilibrium. To satisfy the moment equilibrium a constant shear flow q0 must be

added to the preliminary shear flow system. The magnitude of this constant shear flow is found

spaterspater

Page 314: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

314

314

from moment equilibrium. That is the sum of moments due to the shear flow system of q'+q0

about an arbitrary point must balance the moment produced by the resultant shear force about the

same point. With one equation in one unknown, the magnitude of q0 will be determined.

Note that the shear center location will remain unknown or unimportant throughout the solution.

For our rectangular section example with the shear force shifted near the right edge, this

approach yields the final shear flow pattern as shown below

2. Shear Center Method

We use this method if in the process of calculating the shear flow distribution due

to the applied load we also want to determine the location of the shear center. To explain this

procedure let us consider the same example used for the direct method. We can represent the

resultant force acting at some arbitrary location in terms of an equivalent force-moment system

acting at the shear center of the section. We don't know the magnitude of the moment as we do

not know the location of the shear center, but we can write it as the force times its moment arm,

spaterspater

Page 315: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

315

315

measured from the point of application of the force to the shear center as shown in the figure

below.

Now we solve the problem in two parts. First we determine the location of the shear center by

determining the shear flow distribution due to force through the shear center. The procedure is

exactly the same as the one described above in the bending problem.

At the conclusion of this part, we know the location of the shear center. If the location of shear

center is exactly along the line of action of the applied force as specified in the problem (i.e., d =

0), then the solution is finished. Otherwise, we calculate the moment shown in the figure as T =

Vd. This moment has a shear flow associated with it which can be found using the relation T =

2qA. From this relation we solve for the constant shear flow shown in the figure as qbar. This

shear flow has to be superimposed over the one found previously, in the shear center calculation,

in order to get the final shear flow distribution corresponding to the actual loading condition.

Example

spaterspater

Page 316: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

316

316

For the thin-walled single-cell rectangular beam and loading shown, determine

• (a) the shear center location (ex and ey),

• (b) the resisting shear flow distribution at the root section due to the applied load of 1000

lb,

• (c) the location and magnitude of the maximum shear stress.

Equations Used

Solution

(a) Due to vertical symmetry of the cross section, the shear center will lie on the centroidal y

axis, hence ex = 0 in this case. However, with no symmetry about the horizontal centroidal axis,

the value of ey is unknown. Here is how we calculate the vertical coordinate of the shear center:

We consider the root section and apply a fictitious horizontal shear force Vx through the shear

center. Note that the applied vertical load must be removed for this analysis. In this part we

demonstrate the solution procedure described in case 1. With no vertical force and no product of

inertia, the general shear flow equation reduces to

spaterspater

Page 317: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

317

317

Because of vertical cross-sectional symmetry and symmetric loading, the neutral axis will pass

through the centroid as shown below.

In order to use the general shear flow equation, we assume q = 0 at an arbitrary point. This

assumption models the cross section as an "open" section. The resulting shear flow distribution

is designated by q' to indicate that it only represents a preliminary and not the final shear flow

distribution. We decided to assume q' = 0 at the upper left corner. We start from that point and

go around the section and determine the preliminary shear flow distribution.

spaterspater

Page 318: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

318

318

The resulting preliminary shear flow distribution due to Vx is shown below.

spaterspater

Page 319: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

319

319

Since Vx passes through the shear center, the section will not twist. Using the angle of twist

equation from chapter I and setting it to zero we obtain the constant shear flow q0 required to

keep the section from twisting.

The negative sign on the shear flow q0 implies that its direction is opposite to that assumed in

the figure above. The constant shear flow q0 is added to the preliminary shear flow system found

previously to determine the final shear flow distribution (not shown here) due to Vx.

The direction of positive shear flow is arbitrary, in this case we chose it to be in the counter

clock-wise direction. The fact that the shear flow found in the analysis using the general shear

flow equation and the shear flow found using the angle of twist equation were in opposite

directions is important. They oppose each other.

spaterspater

Page 320: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

320

320

Now, by summing the moments about point 'A' at the corner, we determine the vertical location

of the shear center. Remember that the force associated with the shear flow is just the area under

the shear flow curve. It can either be found by integrating the shear flow equation or, if the curve

is simple, like a triangle, it can be solved for directly.

The shear center is located at (0", 0.6") from the centroid.

For this part the direct method will be used.

The resultant shear force will be equal to the vertical load at the tip. With no horizontal shear

force and no product of inertia, the general shear flow equation reduces to

Again, assume q = 0 at a point (i.e., cut the section at corner 'A') and work around the cross

section, finding the preliminary shear flow distribution.

spaterspater

Page 321: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

321

321

Each one of these equations should be checked for its maximum value location and whether

there are any sign changes, indicating a change in the shear flow direction. To find a change in

sign, set the equation to zero and solve for 'w'. If the result is within the limits of 'w' along that

particular web, then there is a sign change. To find the location of the maximum value, take the

derivative of the equation with respect to the 'w' and set the equation equal to zero. This part is

just for quadratic or higher degree equations. The maximum for the linear equations will be at

one end or the other. The analysis of one equation is shown here.

spaterspater

Page 322: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

322

322

With this part done, the shear flow for the open section can be drawn as shown below.

Sum the moments about corner 'A' to get the shear flow q0 needed to balance the moments. This

time the forces along 'CD' and 'DA' are found by integration.

Add this constant shear flow to those found previously to get the final q distribution.

spaterspater

Page 323: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

323

323

These equations should be analyzed again to determine any shear flow direction changes and

locations of maximum shear flow. Two in particular are segments 'BC' and 'DA'. The location

for the change in direction should be the same. Notice that in the above shear flow equations w2

and w4 are measured in opposite directions.

The final shear flow distribution is

Notice that although the cross section is symmetric about the y axis, the shear flow distribution is

not. This is because the vertical shear force is not on the axis of symmetry.

It is always a good idea to check equilibrium equations to make sure they are satisfied. In this

case the summation of horizontal forces add up to zero as they should, and the summation of

vertical forces add up to very close to 1000 lb. The slight difference is due to the fact that the

vertical component of the shear in the horizontal webs have been ignored. This idea was first

discussed in the discussion of transverse shear loading of open sections in chapter III. Also if we

were to take moments about any point, we will find the sum of moments due to shear forces

balance the one due to external force.

By examining the shear flow distribution and thickness variation, it is clear that the maximum

shear stress is in segment 'AB' at w=3.377".

spaterspater

Page 324: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

324

324

spaterspater

Page 325: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

325

325

7.2 Statically Determinate Box Beams with Constant-Shear-Flow Webs:

The box beam shown in the figure below has three stiffeners and three constant-

shear-flow webs, as a result, there are 6 unknown loads (i.e., 3 shear flows qAB, qBC, qAC and

3 axial forces FA, FB, and FC).

Since for a non-concurrent, non-coplaner (general) force system we have 6 equilibrium

equations, we should be able to use these equations to solve for the 6 unknown loads.

Hence, in statically determinate box beams, we do not need to use the procedure involving the

general shear flow equation as described in previous section. If we were to modify the box beam

by including an additional stiffener, then the problem becomes statically indeterminate as there

would be 8 unknown loads to solve for as opposed to 6 in the previous case.

spaterspater

Page 326: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

326

326

Under these conditions, we rely on the procedure described in the previous section based on the

general shear flow equation. The solution procedure becomes much simpler, however, as the

shear flow along each web is constant.

The example below describes the method of solution for statically determinate stiffened box

beams. The discussion of statically indeterminate box beams will be given in the next section.

Example

For the single cell, 2-flange cantilever beam shown, determine:

• (a) The shear flow distribution at the root section due to the vertical load of 500 lb acting

at the tip.

• (b) The axial load carried by flanges A and B if the beam has a length of 100 in.

• (c) The horizontal position of the shear center, ex.

spaterspater

Page 327: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

327

327

Equations Used

and equations of equilibrium

Solution

In this problem there are 4 unknown force quantities, 2 shear flows and 2 axial loads. Therefore,

we can use the equations of equilibrium. But first, the force in each web must be determined.

Recall from section A14.9 that the magnitude and location of the resultant force of the shear

flow in a web are found using

For this problem, it is nessecary to leave 'R' in terms of the shear flow 'q'.

spaterspater

Page 328: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

328

328

Now sum the moments about point 'o'. Note that since R1 passes through this point, q1 will not

appear in the moment equilibrium equation. Hence, we can directly solve for q2.

Now sum the vertical forces to solve for q1.

spaterspater

Page 329: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

329

329

The shear flow diagram is shown in the figure below.

The calculation of axial forces in the flanges or stringers is fairly straight forward. We first draw

the free-body diagram of the box beam by separating the webs and flanges as shown in the figure

below.

Knowing the direction of shear flow in each web, the direction of shear flow in the flanges can

be determined. The axial force in each flange will be the sum of shear flows acting on it

multiplied times the length. Notice that there is no axial force at the tip end of each flange.

spaterspater

Page 330: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

330

330

Now we have determined all the unknowns asked for in the problem statement. Take a moment

to go back and review the solution procedure to make sure you understood all the steps involved.

You should have noticed that we only used three of the six equilibrium equations. It would have

been possible to calculate the forces PA and PB without having to draw the free-body diagrams.

We could have just summed forces along the length of the box beam to obtain one equation in

terms of PA and PB. This equation would have indicated that PA = PB immediately. Then, we

would have used a moment equation about a horizontal line perpendicular to the length of box

beam and passing through either point A or B. This way we could find the magnitude of the

unknown force. Try this approach to make sure you will get the same answer as shown in the

solution.

To determine the horizontal position of the shear center, we assume that the vertical force of 500

lb is acting at a distance of ex to the right of stiffeners. The following procedure is used to

determine the value of ex.

Recall that by definition, if a transverse force passes through the shear center of a section, it will

cause the beam to bend without twisting. Therefore, if the 500 lb force is passing through the

shear center, as considered in this section, then the angle of twist, theta, should be zero.

We begin by writing the summation of moments about point A

500(ex) - R1(3) - R2(2 pi) = 0

=> 500 ex - 24 q1 - 50.27 q2 = 0 (1)

Next, we sum forces in the vertical direction.

R1 - R2 - 500 = 0

=> 8 q1 - 8 q2 - 500 = 0 (2)

The last equation is that for the angle of twist

(5+5)q1/.05 + (4pi)q2/.032 = 0

=> 200 q1 + 392.7 q2 = 0 (3)

Solving equations (1) through (3) simultaneously gives

spaterspater

Page 331: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

331

331

ex = -.133 in, q1 = 41.41 lb/in, & q2 = -21.09 lb/in.

Now, we have found the horizontal position of the shear center. The negative sign indicates that

the shear center is to the left of stiffener A and not to the right as originally assumed. We have

also determined the values of the shear flows in the two webs when the transverse shear resultant

passes through the shear center.

7.3 Single Cell- Multiple Flange Beams: Symmetric and Unsymmetric Cross Sections:

This section deals with statically indeterminate box beams with constant-shear-

flow webs. For example, a single cell box beam with four stiffeners and four webs. The shear

flow analysis in such box beams is basically the same as that discussed in section IV.1 for closed

sections.

We cut the cross section at a particular web in order to start the solution at a point with a known

shear flow (i.e., q' = 0), and work around the cross section using the general shear flow equation.

Then, we replace the cut web and show a constant shear flow qo around the closed cell. This

unknown shear flow is the actual value of shear flow in the web that was originally cut. Both the

shear center and direct method can be used to solve for the unknown shear flow. The shear flow

between stringers can be calculated as in previous section. Remember that for these problems,

the shear flow between two adjacent stringers is constant in both magnitude and direction. The

change in direction can only occur at a stringer location.

The example below shows the analysis procedure.

Example

For the single-cell skin-stringer closed section shown, determine

(a) the shear flow distribution for a vertical transverse shear force of Vy passing through the

shear center,

(b) the horizontal position of the shear center ex, (c) the shear flow distribution for a horizontal

transverse shear force of Vx passing through the shear center, (d) the vertical position of the

shear center ey.

Note: show the shear center location position relative to the centroid.

spaterspater

Page 332: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

332

332

Equations Used

Solution

The centroid of the cross section is located at

Notice that since the stiffeners are assumed to carry the bulk of bending in skin-stringer sections,

only the areas of the stiffeners are used in calculating the centroid as well as the moments of

inertia.

(a) Apply a load Vy in the downward direction. We begin by removing the skin between

stringers #7 and #1 so we can start from a point with a known shear flow (i.e., zero) and be able

to use Eq. A14.14. With Vx = 0, equation A14.14 reduces to

spaterspater

Page 333: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

333

333

The moments of inertia are

Start at stringer #1, and work around the section.

Note that the value of q' found for each web would have been the true value of shear flow if the

original section was an OPEN section (i.e., with no web between stiffeners 1 & 7). This would

spaterspater

Page 334: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

334

334

be similar to the problems discussed previously in Chapter A14. However, in this problem we

are dealing with a closed section so the q values found from Eq. A14.14 are NOT the actual

shear flows, and that is why we use the variable q' to make that distinction.

Now, replace the skin between stringers #7 and #1. Since the resultant shear force passes though

the shear center, the twist angle must be zero. We use the angle of twist equation set to zero.

This equation allows us to find the value of shear flow qo that once is algebraically added to q'

values would give the true shear flow in each web.

This is the required shear flow to keep the closed section from twisting. Note that it is in terms of

Vy.

By algebraically adding qo to q' in each web, we will come up with the actual shear flow

distribution for the case when Vy is passing through the shear center

To find the horizontal location of the shear center, we sum the moments about the position of

one of the stringers. Here we choose stringer #2.

spaterspater

Page 335: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

335

335

ex is measured from the centroid of the cross section.

To determine the shear flow distribution for V = Vx and Vy = 0, we pretty much follow the same

procedure as used in part (a). Again, remove the skin between stringer #7 and #1. With Vy = 0,

equation A14.14 reduces to

As before, work all the way around the section to find q' in each web.

spaterspater

Page 336: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

336

336

Use the angle of twist equation set to zero to solve for qo.

By algebraically adding qo to q' in each web, we will come up with the actual shear flow

distribution for the case when Vx is passing through the shear center

spaterspater

Page 337: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

337

337

Note the direction of shear flow around the section. To check the validity of the shear flows, we

can sum forces along the x direction to make sure it comes out to be equal to Vx which is the

resulant force of all shear flows.

Finally, we sum moments about the position of stringer #2 to solve for dy and ey.

Therefore, the shear center is located at 5.85" to the left and .08" below the centroid as shown in

the figure below. Just for the curiosity sake, where would the shear center be if there really was

no skin between stringers #7 and #1, making this an open skin-stringer section?

It can be easily found by using the q' values in the above analysis in the equation for the

summation of moments. Use the q' in part (a) to find the ex and use the q' in part (c) to find ey in

this case. The shear center would be located at

This location is consistent with the location of the shear center for a channel section.

spaterspater

Page 338: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

338

338

7.4 Multiple-Cell Multiple-Flange Beams: Symmetric and Unsymmetric Cross Sections:

For finding the shear flow distribution and shear center location in two-cell or multiple-cell (i.e.,

more than 2 cells), multiple-flange beams the same methods demonstrated in section IV.1 can

still be used. Keep in mind that such beams are always statically indeterminate, and we must use

either the direct method or the shear center method to solve for the shear flow distribution.

However, following the procedure described in section IV.1 does not provide us with sufficient

number of equations to solve for all the unknown shear flows. An important fact to remember in

these problems is that all the cells will twist the same amount.

This will help us establish sufficient number of equations to solve for the unknown shear flows.

The equation for the angle of twist is the same as the one used before for closed-section beams

with constant-shear-flow webs.

spaterspater

Page 339: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

339

339

Example

For the uniform two-cell, skin-stringer cantilever box beam and loading shown;

• (a) determine the shear flows in the webs and the axial forces in the stringers at the root

section,

• (b) determine the shear and normal stresses at the root section,

• (c) determine the shear center location,

• (d) determine the deflection at the tip which includes vertical and horizontal

displacements and twist.

Equations Used

Solution

At first glance, we can tell that this is a statically indeterminate problem. There are 7 unknown

forces and shear flows, but we only have 6 static equilibrium equations to work with.

spaterspater

Page 340: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

340

340

However, if we include the angle of twist equation, there will be sufficient equations to solve for

all the unkowns in the problem. Start by summing the vertical and horizontal forces and the

moments about stringer A using the view shown in the figure below.

The equilibrium equations are

Now write the angle of twist equation for each cell. Since the angle of twist in the two cells must

be equal, we can set the right hand sides of these equations equal to each other and obtain an

additional equation in terms of the unknown shear flows.

spaterspater

Page 341: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

341

341

We now have 4 equations and 4 unknowns. Solving them gives the shear flows as

The axial forces are found by breaking up the wing section and drawing the shear flows on the

panels and stringers.

spaterspater

Page 342: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

342

342

The shear stresses in the webs are found simply by dividing the shear flow in the web by the

corresponding web thickness. The normal stress in each stringer is found by dividing the axial

force by the area of that stringer.

To find the x coordinate of the shear center, we must apply a vertical force of arbitrary

magnitude. In this case, we apply a vertical force of 2500 lb. The location of the shear center is

assumed to be to the left of the vertical web between stringers A and B as shown below. We

write the force and moment equilibrium equations along with the equation for angle of twist in

each cell. Since the force is passing through the shear center, there cannot be any twist.

Therefore, each twist equation is set equal to zero.

spaterspater

Page 343: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

343

343

We have 5 equations and 5 unknowns. Solving for ex yields

To find the y coordinate of the shear center, we apply a horizontal force, which in this case is

chosen to be 500 lb in +x direction. Following the same procedure as used previously, we find ey

as follows.

spaterspater

Page 344: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

344

344

(d)

With the cross section having no centroidal axis of symmetry, we cannot directly solve for the

vertical tip deflection based on the formula

This equation gives the correct answer only if x and y are principal axes. In this problem x and y

are not the principal axes as Ixy is not zero. Hence, what we need to do is to first locate the

principal axes, then calculate the corresponding moments of inertia. Then by transforming the

forces in the directions of principal axes, we solve for the tip deflection.

The cross-sectional centroid is located at (7.2",5") from flange B. The corresponding moments of

inertia are calculated to be Ix = 25 in4, Iy = 207.36 in4, and Ixy = -36 in4. Using the equations for

the principal plane and corresponding moments of inertia, we obtain Ixp = 214.21 in4 and Iyp =

18.15 in4 with yp axis being at 10.77 degrees counter-clockwise from the x axis. Transforming

the applied forces in xp and yp directions gives Pxp =-2,362.49 lb, and Pyp = 958.47 lb. Now

spaterspater

Page 345: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

345

345

using the deflection equations for the tip-loaded cantilever beam, we obtain 4.34" and 0.15" in -

xp and yp directions, respectively. These values correspond to E = 10 Msi. These results

translate into a tip deflection of (x,y) = (-0.67,4.3"). Therefore, the tip would deflect upward and

to the left (as viewed from the root) as a result of the loads and the cross-sectional geometry.

If we calculate the tip deflection by disregarding the facts stated above, we would end up with a

tip deflection of (x,y) = (.08",3.33"). This would result in error of 22.6% in vertical deflection.

The twist at the tip is found by using the angle of twist equation for either of the two cells; the

answer will come out the same, regardless of which cell is used.

NOTE:

In this example problem we used the equations of equilibrium along with the

angle of twist equation to solve for the unknown shear flow and axial forces. Here is the

procedure for solving for the shear flows using the direct method:

As before we need to remove some webs to create an open section. The choice of which webs to

remove is arbitrary so long as once these webs are removed the section will be fully open. For

example if we remove the curved and flat webs connecting stringers A and B, we will have an

open section consisting of only two webs and three stringers. Now, we use the general shear

flow equation to solve for the preliminary shear flow q' along the remaining webs. Note that we

have to do this once with only Vy as the resultant shear force, and another time with Vx as the

only resultant force.

Once the q' values are found, we will replace the webs that were removed earlier. Because of

having two cells, we show two constant shear flows qo1 and qo2 in cells one and two,

respectively. We write the angle of twist equation for each cell with q along each web being the

algebraic sum of q' and qo. By setting the angle of twist in both cells equal, we will have one

equation in two unknows qo1 and qo2. Next, we write the equation for the summation of

moments about an arbitrary point. This will give another equation in terms of qo1 and qo2.

spaterspater

Page 346: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

346

346

Solving them simultaneously gives the two constant values. The actual values of the shear flows

are found by algebraic addition of qo's and q' values in all webs. We have to pay attention to the

sign of each component in finding the actual shear flows.

Having found the shear flows in the webs, we can then draw the free-body diagram of the beam

to solve for the axial forces in the stringers as was done in the solution above. The described

procedure is what we would use in the case of multiple-cell multiple-flange box beams to be

discussed next.

7.5 The Determination of the Flexural Shear Flow Distribution by Considering the

Changes in Flange Forces (The Delta P Method):

The method of solution based on the general shear flow equation is valid for

beams with uniform cross section (constant moments of inertia). However, in aircraft structures

it is common to encounter nonuniform beams. The wing box is a good example. In such

problems the general shear flow equation could lead to erroneous values for shear flows. This is

because this equation assumes Ix, Iy, and Ixy are all constant along the length of the beam

whereas in a nonuniform beam that is not the case. Therefore, we must use a different method of

analysis when dealing with nonuniform beams.

The Delta P method described in this section is what we would use for nonuniform beams. Note

that nonuniformity could be in different forms. For example, we could have a skin-stringer box

beam with stringer areas varying along the length of the beam causing the moment of inertia to

be a function of position along the length. We could also have webs of varying dimensions, i.e.,

tapered . The shear flow analysis using the Delta P method is more tedious than using the

general shear flow equation and is not recommended for uniform beams.

The example problem below shows the procedure for using the Delta P method. Let's consider a

square beam of 100 in. in length subject to a 100 lb load at its tip passing through the centroid.

There are four stringers at the corners, each with an area of 1 sq. in. We'd like to find the shear

flow pattern by using the Delta P method.

spaterspater

Page 347: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

347

347

The final shear flow pattern is shown above. The following solution steps show how this pattern

was obtained.

With Delta P method we must identify two adjacent sections along the length of the beam. The

section at which the shear flows are sought is called section A-A, and the adjacent section, some

distance away along the length, is called section B-B.

We proceed by calculating the normal force in each stringer at section A-A. To do this we need

to use the general bending stress equation. First, we need to identify whether there is any

symmetry with respect to horizontal or vertical centroidal axes. This is done by examining the

stringer areas and their distribution. Also determine how many components of bending moment

are present at section A-A. In this case the cross section is doubly symmetric, so obviously the

product of inertia is zero. Also with the force at the tip acting in the vertical direction, there is

only one moment at the root, that is Mx. Once the stress in each stringer is determined, the force

in each stringer is determined by the product of stress times the cross-sectional area.

These steps are repeated at section B-B. Notice that this section is closer to the tip, therefore, the

bending moment at this section is less than that at the root, section A-A. Since there is no change

in cross-sectional geometry, the centroidal location and the moment of inertia do not change.

The forces in stringer at section B-B are obtained and shown below.

spaterspater

Page 348: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

348

348

The difference between the axial force at each end of the stringer is determined next. This is

where the name Delta P comes from.

As in previous method of solution based on Eqn. A14.14, we must begin at a point with known

shear flow. So we cut the box beam along one web which would make shear flow zero there.

Then we start with stringer A and calculate the shear flow along the 5" length (i.e., the distance

spaterspater

Page 349: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

349

349

between sections A-A and B-B) by dividing the Delta P of stringer A by 5". This shear flow has

to be equal to that in the adjacent web at the top. Since the web is untapered, the shear flow

along all four sides would be equal. We march around the entire section and find the shear flow

in each web. Notice that equilibrium is maintained in each stringer and in each web as it must.

Please note carefully the directions of the forces and shear flows. You can click on the picture

for a more detailed drawing of the stringers. Each stringer and web is in equilibrium, this can be

proven by summing the forces.

Next, we close the section by replacing the cut web. To calculate the shear flow along the web

that was set to zero, we use the moment equilibrium equation. This equation gives the constant

shear flow qo. This value is then added (with attention to direction) to other shear flows to obtain

the final shear flow pattern at the root, section A-A.

spaterspater

Page 350: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

350

350

What we just did is the Delta P method in a nut shell. Notice how the shear flows are exactly the

same as found before. Because this beam has no taper along its length, we could have taken

station B-B to be anywhere along the length and still get the same shear flows at the root. This,

however, is not the case in tapered beams, as we will discover next.

Delta P METHOD: Application Procedure:

1. Identify the section (ie station A-A) along the beam where the shear flow is to be

determined (usually the root for a cantilever beam).

2. Choose another station (ie station B-B) in the vicinity of the first one. For tapered beams,

the closer the better.

3. Determine the bending moments at station A-A and station B-B.

spaterspater

Page 351: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

351

351

4. Determine the normal stress in each stringer, using equation A13.13, at each station.

5. Determine the normal component of the force in each stringer at each station.

6. Calculate the difference between the axial forces at the two stations for each stringer.

This is the dP for each stringer.

7. If the beam has a closed cross section, modify it to an open section.

8. Evaluate the q' variation at station A-A based on Delta P/Delta L

9. Replace the removed web(s), and calculate the necessary constants (i.e., q01, q02,

q02,...q0n, where n = no. of cells).

10. The vector addition of q' and q0 in each cell gives the final shear flow distribution at

station A-A.

Example

For the uniform single-cell, skin-stringer cantilever box beam and loading of example 1 in

sections A15.9 & A15.10 determine the shear flows in the webs at the root section using the

Delta P method.

Equations Used

spaterspater

Page 352: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

352

352

Solution

First define stations A-A and B-B. Since we are looking for the shear flow at the root, let that be

station A-A. This is a cantilever beam with constant cross section, therefore station B-B can be

anywhere between station A-A and the tip. Since the cross-sectional properties are constant

along the length of the beam, the magnitude of the shear flows will be independent of the

location of station B-B. In this example, station B-B is placed at 50 inches from the tip.

Using equation A13.13, the normal stress in each stringer is found (remember that the stringer

coordinates are in reference to the centriod).

The normal force is just the stress times the area.

spaterspater

Page 353: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

353

353

Now repeat the procedure for B-B. If this cross section and/or the stingers varied with the length,

then the moments of inertia and centroid would need to be calculated again. But in this case they

don't. We just need to recalculate the bending moments as the moment arms are different for

station B-B.

The delta P's (i.e., the difference in the axial forces at the ends of each stiffener between stations

A-A and B-B) are:

Remove the necessary webs to make this an open section. Webs AB (the quarter circle) and web

AB (the interior web) are removed in this example. Now calculate the shear flow for the cross

spaterspater

Page 354: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

354

354

section. Here is the way of finding the shear flows. Starting at 'A', show the dP found earlier in

the proper direction.

In order to maintain equilibrium, there must be another force in the opposite direction. This force

can either be represented as a force or a shear flow along the right edge of stringer A where it is

attached to a web.

The shear flow in the web that is attached to stringer A is of equal magnitude but of opposite

direction due to equilibrium requirements. The same is seen in stringer C. Note that since the

web is rectangular, the shear flow along all four sides would be equal.

Stringer C has a shear flow of 250 lb/in on the left side. In addition, it has a dP of 694.44 lb.

Hence, in order to maintain equilibrium there is a need for another shear flow along the right

edge of stringer C. This shear flow is calculated in the figure below.

spaterspater

Page 355: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

355

355

This new shear flow is passed onto the bottom web, then onto stringer 'B' which already has a dP

acting on it.

Since B is the last stringer having a free edge on the left, the force acting along that edge should

come out zero. If it doesn't, then something is wrong in the calculations.

It is important to note that the shear flows calculated so far are not the final answers. This is

evident by the fact that these shear flows satisfy only the force equilibrium and not the moment

equilbrium. Now, we replace the webs that were removed earlier and write the angle of twist

equation for each cell in terms of the two unknown constant shear flows (one for each cell) q1

and q2. Since the angle of twist in cell one is the same as that in cell two, we get one equation at

the end in terms of q1 and q2 only.

spaterspater

Page 356: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

356

356

Next, we sum the moments about 'A' to get another equation in terms of the two constant shear

flows. Notice that the moment due to external forces is zero due to the location of the moment

center.

Solving the two equations simultaneously gives q1 and q2. The final shear flows at the root

section are given below:

spaterspater

Page 357: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

357

357

7.6 Shear Flow in Tapered Sheet Panels:

From aerodynamic, structural, and performance efficiency standpoints it is very

common to find tapered wings in both civilian and military aircraft. Tapered wings have an

advantage over non-tapered wings. From an aerodynamic standpoint, they have lower drag

which allows for faster speeds and a better lift distribution over the surface of the wing. Tapered

wings are structurally more efficient with root section, having to support more load, being the

section with the largest moment of inertia. Tapered wings are also used for improved

maneuverability in military aircraft.

In tapered web-stringer sections, the stringers relieve some of the shear load carried by the webs.

This can be shown by the following example.

Below is a planview of a flat, rectangular stiffened web. By simple summation of moments and

forces, the axial forces in the stringers and shear flow in the web can be determined.

spaterspater

Page 358: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

358

358

Now, for a tapered stiffened web of the same length we have

We observe that while stringer B has no slope in x-y plane, stringer A does. As a result, the axial

force in stringer B is the same as its x component, while the axial force in stringer A is the

summation of its x and y components shown above. As shown below, the shear force in the web

at the left end is no longer equal to P as in the unhampered section, but rather is less - with the

difference picked up by stringer A.

spaterspater

Page 359: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

359

359

In tapered box beams, we must pay close attention to the slope of each stringer to determine its

axial force. Also in tapered webs the shear flow is no longer the same along two adjacent edges,

as is the case with untapered webs.

With respect to the use of Delta P method for calculating the shear flow distribution at a desired

section, we realize that the accuracy of the method is decreased if the two adjacent sections

along the beam (i.e., sections A-A and B-B shown in the figure below) are too far apart. This is

especially true when we have a beam with nonuniform taper (one with the stringers and webs

changing dimensions at a different rate from root to tip).

spaterspater

Page 360: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

360

360

8. COMBINED TRANSVERSE SHEAR, BENDING, AND TORSION LOADING

The problems of combined loading are fairly common in aircraft structures. For

example, if we consider the aerodynamic loads acting on a wing. We realize that in many cases

the line of aerodynamic centers does not coincide with the elastic axis (i.e., the line passing

through the shear center of every spanwise section of the wing). As a result the wing bending

will be combined with twisting action as well. So in this case the loads at the aerodynamic center

line can be replaced with an equivalent force couple system acting at the elastic axis. The force

component will produce transverse shear loading and bending moment along the length of the

wing while the couple produces a torque.

The example problem below is taken from the previous section and it basically highlights the

procedure for analyzing such problems in general. One must keep in mind that depending upon

the complexity of the beam cross section the bending and shear stresses may require the use of

general bending stress and general shear flow equations. In addition to the loadings stated earlier

it may be possible to have axial tension as well. The rotating wing problem (i.e., helicopter

blade) is a good example of such a problem.

9. INTERNAL PRESSURE:

In this section we will consider the analysis of pressurized structures. Examples

of these structures are found in fuselage of high-flying aircraft that are required to be pressurized

for passenger comfort. We will consider both monocoque and semi-monocoque pressure vessels.

The method of analysis is confined to plane-stress problems of cylindrical and spherical pressure

vessels with the shell treated as an elastic membrane incapable of supporting any bending loads.

9.1 Membrane Equations of Equilibrium

9.2 Special Problems in Pressurized Cabin Stress Analysis

9.1 Membrane Equations Of Equilibrium For Thin-Walled Pressure Vessels

Pressure vessels are shell-type structures. Thin walled implies skin thickness is

much less than the radius of curvature. The most common shapes used for pressure vessels are

cylinders and spheres. Spherical pressure vessels are the most efficient. The skin is usually very

thin, it cannot support any bending, only membrane stress. In these problems, the plane stress

condition is assumed.

spaterspater

Page 361: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

361

361

Unstiffened (Monocoque) Cylindrical Pressure Vessels

Hoop Stress

Axial Stress

Maximun Shear Stress

Unstiffened Spherical Pressure Vessels:

Due to symmetry, the stresses exerted on all four faces of the element must be equal.

spaterspater

Page 362: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

362

362

Example 1

For the monocoque cylinderical pressure vessel shown, determine the

• (a) hoop stress

• (b) axial stress

• (c) maximun shear stress

If the pressure was increased to 20 psi, what should be the thickness of the skin to maintain the

same level of hoop stress as found in part (a)?

The pressure shown is the gauge pressure.

Equations Used

Solution

(a) The hoop stress is given as

spaterspater

Page 363: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

363

363

(b) The axial stress is found by

(c) The maximum shear stress is determined as

If the pressure was increased to 20 psi, the new skin thickness to maintain the same level of hoop

stress would be found as follows

Therefore, it takes 36% more skin thickness to carry 36% more pressure for the same level of

stress in skin.

spaterspater

Page 364: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

364

364

Example 2

A spherical pressure vessel is made of aluminum that has the following properties: the ultimate

normal stress is 68,000 psi and the ultimate shear stress is 41,000 psi. Determine the minimum

skin thickness if the gauge pressure inside is 14.7 psi and the diameter is 6 ft.

Equations Used

Solution

The skin thickness based on ultimate axial stress is

The skin thickness based on ultimate shear stress is

The largest of the two will be the minumum skin thickness that would be used based on the

material ultimate strength values.

spaterspater

Page 365: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

365

365

Notice that no factor of safety is used in this example. Normally there is a factor of safety

associated with every design. For example, if we were to use a factor of safety of 2 for normal

stress and 3 for shear, we would use 68000/2 = 34000 psi for max allowable normal stress and

41000/3 = 13666.67 psi for max allowable shear stress. Under these conditions the minimum

allowable skin thickness would be twice as large as the one found earlier. i.e., tmin = .007782"

Example 3

An idealized transport aircraft fuselage, shown in the figure below, is to be fabricated from

aluminum alloy with the ultimate stresses shown. Knowing that a maximum allowable gauge

pressure of 14.7 psi is desired and factors of safety of 1.5 in tension and 2 in shear are required,

determine the minumum allowable skin thickness. The diameter is 72 inches. The end caps are

spherical, and have the same thickness as the cylindrical section.

Equations Used

spaterspater

Page 366: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

366

366

Solution

First, we determine the allowable stresses as

For each section of the fuselage we find the skin thickness based on each equation. The largest

value will be the minimum allowable skin thickness.

Cylindrical Portion:

spaterspater

Page 367: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

367

367

Spherical Portion:

The minimum allowable skin thickness is

spaterspater

Page 368: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

368

368

9.2 Special Problems In Pressurized Cabin Stress Analysis: Axially-Stiffened (Semi-

Monocoque) Pressure Vessels:

In an aircraft, the vertical and horizontal tail produce loads that put the fuselage in

bending. An unstiffened pressure vessel cannot carry these loads efficiently. Hence, stringers are

commonly added longitudinaly to support the skin and create a semi-monocoque pressure vessel.

At the point of attachment, the stringer and skin, or shell, have the same strains, but different

stresses. This difference is due to the fact that skin is in a 2-D state of stress while the stringer is

in a 1-D state of stress.

The stress equations are:

where

spaterspater

Page 369: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

369

369

Example

Consider a semi-monocoque cylindrical pressure vessel with a diameter of 78

inches. The skin and stringers are made of the same material with an ultimate normal stress of

60,000 psi, an ultimate shear stress of 8,000 psi, and a Poisson's ratio of 0.3. We are using 10

identical stringers with the total area equal to 40% of the skin cross sectional area. For internal

gauge pressure of 15 psi with yield factors of safty of 1.5 in tension and 2 in shear, determine:

• the pressure vessel's minimum skin thickness

• the cross sectional area of each stringer

Equations Used

Solution

We find the skin thickness based on the stress allowables in the skin.

spaterspater

Page 370: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

370

370

We will repeat the procedure based on the stress allowables in the stringer.

The minimum thickness is then found to be the one that does not violate any of the stress criteria

The area of each stringer is found using

Real Aircraft Structures

Here are some slides of several fuselage sections of a Boeing 727 showing the

frames and stringers with different cross sectional shapes. Slide #1: Notice in this slide the use of

different shaped stringers in the fuselage. The top one is a hat, below it is an angle, below that is

a Z, and at the bottom of the slide is another hat stringer. Also notice how closely (approximately

1") the rivets are placed next to each other.

spaterspater

Page 371: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

371

371

Slide #2: This is a close up view of a frame-stringer joint. Notice the use of a clip attaching the

stringer to the frame. Also notice the use of skin doubler between the fuselage skin and the

frame.

Slide #3: This slide shows what is commonly referred to as a "mouse hole" - the opening in the

frame allowing the stringer to pass through it.

spaterspater

Page 372: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

372

372

Slide #4: This slide shows the use of hat stringers in the fuselage section. Notice that the

stringers are mounted with the top web as opposed to the flanges touching the skin. This form of

attachment requires only a single row of rivets, whereas otherwise two rows of rivets would have

to be used. This is a good example of how manufacturing requirements have been incorporated

in the structural design.

spaterspater

Page 373: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

373

373

10. ANALYSIS OF JOINTS:

A complete aircraft structure is manufactured from many parts. These parts are

made from sheets, extruded sections, forgings, castings, tubes or machined shapes which must be

joined together to form subassemblies. The subassemblies must then joined together to form

larger assemblies and then finally assembled in to complete aircraft. Many parts of the complete

aircraft should be arranged such that they can be disassembled for shipping, inspection, repair

and replacement and usually joined by fasteners. In order to facilitate the assembly and

disassembly of the aircraft, it is desirable to design connections containing as few fasteners as

possible.

10.1 Analysis of Riveted Joints:

Rivets are low cost, permanent fasteners well suited to automatic assembly

operations. Initial cost of rivets is substantially lower than that of threaded fasteners. But tensile

and fatigue strengths of rivets are lower than for comparable bolts or screws. Riveted parts

cannot be disassembled for maintenance or replacement without destroying the rivet. Although

the actual state of stress in a riveted joint is complex, it is customary to ignore such

considerations as stress concentration at the edge of rivet holes, unequal division of load among

fasteners and non uniform distribution of shear stress across the section of the rivet and of

bearing stress between rivet and plate, simplifying assumptions are made, which are summarized

as follows

1) The applied load is assumed to be transmitted entirely by the rivets, friction between

the connecting plates being ignored.

2) When the centre of the cross sectional area of each of the rivets is on the line of

action of the load, or when the centroid of the total rivet area is on this line, the rivet

joins are assumed to carry equal parts of the load if of the same size: and to be loaded

proportionally to their section area other wise.

3) The shear stress is assumed to be distributed uniformly across the rivet section.

4) The bearing stress between the rivets and plates is assumed to be distributed

uniformly over an area equal to the rivet diameter times the plate thickness.

spaterspater

Page 374: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

374

374

5) The stress in the tension member is assumed to be uniformly distributed over the net

area.

6) The stress in the compression member is assumed to be uniformly distributed over

the gross area.

The possibility of secondary failure due to the secondary causes, such of the shearing or

tearing out of a plate rivet and edge of plate or between adjacent rivets , the bending or

insufficient upsetting of long rivets, or tensile failure along zigzag line when rivets are staggered,

are guarded against in standard specifications by provisions summarized as follows

1) the distance from a rivet to a sheared edge shall not be less than 1 (3/4) diameters, or

to a planned or rolled edge, 1(1/2) diameters.

2) The minimum rivet spacing should be 3 diameters.

3) The maximum rivet pitch in the direction of the stress shall be 7 diameters, and at the

ends of a compression member it shall be 4 diameters for the distance equal to1 (1/2)

times the width of the member.

4) In case of diagonal or zigzag chain of holes extending across a part, the net width of

the part shall be obtained by deducting from the gross width the sum of diameters of

all holes in the chain and adding, for each gauge space in the chain.

5) The shear and bearing stresses will be calculated in the basis of the nominal rivet

diameter, the tensile stresses on the hole diameter.

6) If the rivets in a joint are so arranged that the line of action of the load does not pass

through the centroid of the rivet areas then the effective eccentricity must be taken in

to account.

Failure of riveted joints:

Failure of riveted joints may be due to following 3 reasons

1. Shear failure of rivets

2. Tensile failure of plate along rivet line

3. Failure by double shear of plates

spaterspater

Page 375: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

375

375

10.1.1 Shear Failure of Rivets:

Applied Ultimate load = P

Number of rivets = n

Allowable ultimate shear strength of nth rivet = Psn. in N

In general Ultimate load on single rivet (nth rivet) PPPPP

PP

srsss

snsrn ...321 +++

= in N

Reserve factor = Psn/Psrn.

For ultimate shear strength of rivets refer

Design Allowables for LCA Airframe tables 5.3 - 5.10 page no 109 - 116

Hal report no Hal/MP/R&D/03/82 for Russian specifications.

Hal report no Hal/MAT/6/75 for SP, LN, AN, L2 specifications

10.1.2. Tensile Failure of Plate along Rivet Line:

10.1.2.1 For Single Row And Rivets Having Uniform Diameter And Equal Pitch:

Allowable ultimate tensile stress = ft.N/mm2.

Ultimate tensile stress of the plate tdp

Pp)( −

=σ in N/mm2.

Stress is calculated for pitch distance.

Ultimate applied Load = P in N/mm

spaterspater

Page 376: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

376

376

Pitch of the river = p in mm.

Diameter of rivet = d in mm.

Thickness of the sheet = t in mm.

Reserve factor = ft/σ.

10.1.2.2 More Than One Row and Rivets With Equal Spacing:

For top plate the possibility of failure of plate is at row 1 and for bottom plate it is

row 3

Ultimate applied load = P N/mm.

Ultimate applied load per row = P/nr.

Number of rivet rows = nr.

Pitch of the rivet = p in mm.

Diameter of the rivet = d in mm

Thick ness of the sheet = t in mm.

Ultimate tensile stress in sheet( )

tdppnP r

)(/−

=σ in n/mm2.

Allowable ultimate tensile stress = ft in n/mm2.

Reserve factor = ft/σ

spaterspater

Page 377: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

377

377

10.1.2.3 Rivet Lines With Varying Number Of Rivets (all rivets are same type):

Allowable ultimate tensile stress in sheet = ft in n/mm2.

Ultimate tensile stress in row n tdp

PprPrP

ts

ns

)( −=σ in N/mm2.

Number of rivet rows = n

Applied ultimate load = P N/mm.

Diameter of the rivets = d mm

Pitch of the rivets = p mm

Thickness of the sheet = t mm

Number of rivets in row n = rn.

Total number of rivets = rt.

Reserve factor = ft/σ.

spaterspater

Page 378: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

378

378

10.1.2.4 Rivets Of Varying Diameter, Sheet Thickness And Pitch Distance:

In this case the ultimate tensile stress of all rivets are calculated separately and

reserve factor is calculated for each rivet separately minimum reserve factor is taken as reserve

factor of the joint

Allowable ultimate tensile stress = ft in N/mm2.

Ultimate tensile stress in the plate near nth rivet nnn

n

srsss

sn

tdpPp

PPPPP

)(..321 −++++=σ

Allowable ultimate load of nth rivet = Psn. in N

Pitch of the nth rivet = pn in mm

Diameter of the nth rivet = dn in mm

Thickness of the sheet at nth rivet = tn in mm

Reserve factor = ft/σ

For Allowable refer

1. ADA/LCA/050000/137

2. G065 Guide for selection of fasteners

10.1.3 Failure by Double Shear of Plate:

Diameter of the rivet = d

Distance between rivet centre and edge of the plate = S in N

spaterspater

Page 379: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

379

379

Ultimate working stress

⎟⎟⎠

⎞⎜⎜⎝

⎛⎟⎠⎞

⎜⎝⎛−

=

22

)(dSt

Pfosτ in N/mm2.

Allowable ultimate shear stress = fs in N/mm2.

Reserve factor = fs/τ

Generally the sheet will be cleared for tear out of the rivets if the edge distance measured from

the centre is at least 2d. (Refer Aircraft structures by Perry page number 301)

Refer page 15 of Hal report no Hal/MAT/6/75 for edge margin data.

10.1.4 Rivets subjected to tensile loads:

Generally rivets are not subjected to tensile load. But in some cases for example

the skin on upper surface of the wing, due to upward suction, air forces places the rivet that hold

the skin to the stringers and ribs in tension, angle section riveted on both flanges subjected to an

eccentric loading, rivets connecting floor boards, however these tension loads in most of the

cases is relatively small. If tension load is incidental or major a bolt shall be used.

Applied load = P

Number rivets = n

Actual load per rivet = (fos) P/n in N

Allowable ultimate load Pt in N

Reserve factor = Pt/(P/n)

For ultimate tensile strength refer Design Allowable for LCA ADA/LCA/050000/137 Airframe

tables 5.11 - 5.12 page no 117 – 118

spaterspater

Page 380: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

380

380

10.1.5 Rivets subjected to Eccentric loads:

Centre of Gravity of the rivet system = Cg

Eccentricity of the load from the Cg of the Rivet System = e in mm

Applied Ultimate load in the System = P in N

Number of Rivets in the system = n

Area of the Individual Rivet = A in mm2.

Moment due to Eccentricity of the load PeM = . in N-mm.

Distance of rivet from Cg in X-axis is x in mm.

Distance of rivet from Cg in Y-axis is y in mm

Arm distance of nth Rivet from Cg of the Rivet System 22 yxRn += in mm.

Shear force due to the moment of the load in nth Rivet ∑

= 21n

nn R

MRV in N.

Direct Shearing force due to the load P nPVn =2 in N

Combined Shear Force in nth Rivet θcos2 2122

21 nnnnn VVVVV ++= in N.

Allowable Ultimate Shear Load = Ps in N

Applied Ultimate Shear Load = Vn in N

Reserve factor = Ps/Vn.

spaterspater

Page 381: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

381

381

10.1.6 Inter-Rivet Buckling:

In rivet sheet panels the effective area is considered to act monolithically with the stiffener.

However if rivets that fasten the sheet to the stiffener are spaced too far apart, the sheet will

buckle between the rivets before the critical stress is reached, which means that sheet is less

effective in helping the stiffener to carry a subjective compressive load. It is called inter-rivet

buckling. To calculate inter-rivet buckling stress, it is assumed that adjacent rivets act as a

column with fixed ends. If Et is known then

Inter-rivet buckling stress 2

22

12 ptECf t

IRπ

=

Et = Tangent modulus of Elasticity

Pitch of the rivet = p in mm

Thickness of sheet = t in mm

Fixity coefficient of rivets = C

Applied stress I

Myfa = in N/mm2.

Bending moment in the section = M

Distance between neutral axis and edge = y

Moment of inertia of the section = I

Type of attachment Fixity coefficients

Flathead rivets 4

Spot welds 3.5

Mushroom or Snap head 3

Countersunk or dimple head 1.5

Reserve factor = aIR ff

For further reference refer

1. ESDU DATA sheet 02.01.08

2. NACA tech note 3785, 1957

spaterspater

Page 382: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

382

382

10.1.7 Calculation Of Fir Using Nomograms Given In ESDU DATA Sheets:

Strains at two points = εR, εR’.

Corresponding compressive proof stresses = fR, fR’.

m = material property and is given by the formula )log()(log

'

'

RR

RR

ffεε (Or)

Use ESDU DATA sheet 76016 figure – 5 to find out m

Calculate )(R

R

fEmε and use figure – 6 to find out Rn ff in sheet 76016

Calculate fn and 21

⎟⎠⎞

⎜⎝⎛

CEf

tp n

Use ESDU DATA sheet 02.01.08 to find nIR ff

Calculate fIR.

10.1.8 Problems:

Problem 1:

Figure shows a lap joint involving two rows of rivets as shown. Sheet material is

2024-T3 clad rivet are 8/32 diameter and 2117-T3 material and of protruding head type. Sheet

thickness is 0.04.

Applied load Ultimate = 1000lb/in.

Ft for 2024-73 clad =60000 Psi.

Shear in Rivets:

For two rivets 11925962 =×

spaterspater

Page 383: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

383

383

Applied load =1000

Reserve factor = 1192/1000 = 1.192

Tensile failure of sheet:

Allowable Ultimate stress Psif t 60000=

Ultimate tensile stress 29629)04.0)(32

51(1000

=−

Reserve factor = 60000/29629 = 2.03

Failure of double shear of plate:

Ultimate working stress = 33.53333]645165[04.02

1000=

−×

Allowable Ultimate shear stress = 72000

Reserve factor = 72000/53333.3 = 1.35

Problem 2:

A Single rivet lap joint is made in 15mm thick plates with 2mm diameter rivets.

Determine the strength of the joints if pitch of rivets is 6cm material is BSL 168. Applied load is

15000N edge is 6cm away from rivet line.

Shear failure of Rivets:

Ultimate load per rivet 112502150005.1

=P

For given material Allowable Ultimate shear strength =28270N

Reserve factor = 28270/11250 = 2.51

Tension failure of plate along rivet line:

Ultimate tensile stress in sheet = 37515)26(

150005.1=

×−×

Allowable tensile Ultimate stress for sheet = 415

Reserve factor = 415/375 = 1.11

Failure of double shear of plate:

spaterspater

Page 384: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

384

384

Ultimate working stress z = 1505152

150005.1=

×××

Allowable Ultimate shear = 415×0.6 = 249

Reserve factor = 249/150 = 1.66

Problem 3:

Find Reserve factor for shear failure of rivets and tension failure of plate as

shown if pitch = 0.375 in. The sheet is 24S-TAlclad Ft = 60000Psi subjected to an ultimate load

1200 lb/in.

For pitch = 0.5

Shear failure for rivets:

Ultimate load per rivet = 1200/4 = 300

Allowable Ultimate load = 374

Reserve factor = 1.25

Tensile failure in plate along rivet line:

50000032.0)125.05.0(2

1200=

×−×=∑σ

Allowable Ultimate tensile stress = 60000

Reserve factor = 60000/50000 = 1.2

spaterspater

Page 385: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

385

385

For pitch = 0.375

Shear failure for rivets load per rivet = 2252

375.01200=

×

Allowable load = 374

Reserve factor = 374/225 = 1.66

Tensile failure in plate along rivet line:

Ft = 56000032.0)125.0375.0(

375.02.1=

×−×

Allowable Ultimate tensile load = 60000

Reserve factor = 60000/56000 = 1.070

Problem 4:

In the lap joint shown in the figure discuss the possible modes of failure of joint

allowable tension 142 N/mm2, Applied load 10t (ultimate). Distance of rivet line from edge is

80mm.

Possible failure:

Tearing of plate along rivet line

Shear failure of rivet

Failure by double shear of rivet

spaterspater

Page 386: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

386

386

Bearing failure of rivet

Shear in Rivets:

Applied load = 10t = 100000N

Allowable load = 46.1784424/201424 2 =××× π

Reserve factor = 178442.46/100000 = 1.78

Tension failure of sheet:

P = 100000N

Ultimate tensile stress = 14)24120(

100000×−

Allowable stress = 142

Reserve factor = 142/71.42 = 1.98

Failure by double shear:

Ultimate shear stress = 29.59)2080(142

100000=

−××

Allowable shear stress = 2.851426.0 =×

Reserve factor = 85.2/59.49 = 1.43

Problem 5:

Diagram shows a rivets joint with multiple rivets with a concentrated load of

30000N.material BSL 168 for rivet.

Brσ for rivet = 440Mpa

Thickness of sheet t = 3mm

Load bearing capacity for given rivet Cr = Brtd σ××

For rivet (1) Cr1 = 44034 ×× = 5280N

spaterspater

Page 387: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

387

387

For rivet (2) Cr2 = 44038.4 ×× = 6336N

For rivet (3) Cr3 = 44036.5 ×× = 7392N

For rivet (4) Cr4 = 44038.4 ×× = 6336N

For rivet (5) Cr5 = 44034 ×× = 5280N

Ultimate load in every rivet

30000306245280

52806336739263365280300005280

1 ×=++++

×=srP = 5172N

NPsr 620630624

3000063362 =

×=

NPsr 724130624

3000073923 =

×=

NPsr 62064 =

NPsr 51725 =

Allowable load in every rivet

NPs 68251 =

NPs 88392 =

NPs 102973 =

NPs 88394 =

NPs 68255 =

Reserve factor for rivet (1) = 32.151726825

=

Reserve factor for rivet (2) = 42.162068839

=

Reserve factor for rivet (3) = 42.17241

10297=

Reserve factor for rivet (4) = 42.162068839

=

spaterspater

Page 388: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

388

388

Reserve factor for rivet (5) = 32.151726825

=

Reserve factor for the joint = 1.32

For same problem now rivets with equal diameter 4 is considered,

Ultimate load in every rivet = N60005

30000=

Allowable load in every rivet = 6825N

Reserve factor in every rivet = 1375.160006825

=

Problem 6:

Bruhn Method:

With reference to the Problem 5

Ft thickness of sheet 3mm

Psn allowable tensile load for rivets of diameter 4mm = 6825N

4.8mm = 8839N

5.6mm = 10297N

NPsn 41625682588391029788396825 =++++=∑

Ultimate load in every rivet (1) = N492030000416256825

Ultimate load in every rivet (2) = N637030000416258839

Ultimate load in every rivet (3) = N7421300004162510297

Ultimate load in every rivet (4) = N637030000416258839

Ultimate load in every rivet (5) = N492030000416256825

Reserve factor for rivet (1) = 38.149206825

=

Reserve factor for rivet (2) = 48.163708839

=

spaterspater

Page 389: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

389

389

Reserve factor for rivet (3) = 38.17421

10297=

Reserve factor for rivet (4) = 38.163708831

=

Reserve factor for rivet (5) = 38.149206825

=

Problem 7:

For the rivet joint shown

ft = 415N/mm2

P = 700 N/mm2

t = 3mm

d = 4mm

p = 12mm

Calculate reserve factor ?

Allowable ultimate tensile stress in plate = 415 N/mm2

Ultimate tensile stress in plate 3)412(

12700×−

×=σ

Reserve factor = 415/350 = 1.2

Problem 8:

For the rivet joint shown. Calculate R.F.

p= 12mm

spaterspater

Page 390: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

390

390

P = 1000 N/mm

ft = 415 N/mm2

t = 3mm

d = 4mm

nr = 3

Allowable ultimate tensile stress in plate = 415 N/mm2

For top plate most likely the failure to occur is row1 for hollow plate the failure will occur

mostly at row3

Ultimate tensile stress in plate = mmNtdppnP r /

)()/(

= 2/67.1663)412(12)3/1000( mmN=

×−×

Reserve factor = 415/166.67 = 2.49

Problem 9:

For rivet joint shown .Calculate R.F?

ft = 415 N/mm2

d = 4mm

P = 1200 N/mm2

t = 3mm

spaterspater

Page 391: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

391

391

p = 12mm

Allowable ultimate tensile stress in plate ft = 415 N/mm2

Load bearing capacity per line = ntd ho ××× σ

for row (1) = 24900541534 =×××

for row (2 = 19920441534 =×××

for row (3) = 24900541534 =×××

Actual stress of row 1 = 2/28.2143)412(

121200249001992024900

24900 mmN=×−

××

++

Actual stress of row 2 = 2/5.17138121200

1992022490019920 mmN=

××

×+×

Actual stress of row 3 =214.28 N/mm2

R.F. (1) = 93.13.214

415=

R.F. (2) = 42.25.171

415=

R.F. (3) = 93.13.214

415=

Problem 10:

Calculate the Reserve factor.

t = 3mm,d = 4mm,P = 1500N,S = 10mm,fs = 249 N/mm2

Allowable ultimate shear stress = 249 N/mm2

spaterspater

Page 392: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

392

392

Ultimate shear stress = 2/25.31)210(32

1500)2(2

mmNdst

P=

−××=

Reserve factor = 249/31.25 = 6.8

Problem 11:

In a rivet connection shown in the diagram. Calculate shear force in each rivet.

Rivet diameter = 20mm

Strength = 2197

Material = BSL168

ft = 415

Centre of gravity of rivets = AAx∑

Let area of rivet be ‘a’

)34(4)20(4 ××+××=∑ aaA

= 216a

aA 12=∑

1812216

==aax

∴Eccentricity e = 44+14+2 = 60

240104 =×== peM t

( ) ( ) 4681218 2224

21 =+== RR

63.2146841 === RR

spaterspater

Page 393: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

393

393

( ) 340418 2223

22 =+== RR

44.1834032 === RR

( ) 2042 2227

26 =+== RR

47.42076 === RR

( ) 148122 2228

25 =+== RR

16.1214885 === RR

( ) 4001216 22212

2 =+== RRa

2012 == RRa

( ) 272416 22211

210 =+== RR

49.162721110 === RR

[ ] 32962724002014834046822 =+++++=∑R

Shear force due to moment of 240 t-cm3

Shear force in 1 and 4 tR

MR 575.121 =

in 2 and 3 = t34.13296

44.18240=

×

in 5 and 8 = t885.03296

16.12240=

×

in 9 and 12 = t455.13296

20240=

×

in 10 and 11 = t2.13296

49.16240=

×

Direct shearing force due to load P in each rivet = P/no. of rivet = 0.33 tonne

Tan angles:

'4533,667.018/12tantan 41o=== θθθ and

'3212,222.018/4tantan 32o=== θθθ and

'3080,62/12tantan 85o=== θθθ and

'2363,22/4tantan 76o=== θθθ and

spaterspater

Page 394: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

394

394

'5236,75.016/12tantan 129o=== θθθ and

'214,25.016/4tantan 1110o=== θθθ and

Combined shear force = θCosFFFF 211

22

1 2++

For rivet 1 and 4 = '1914633.0575.12)33.0()575.1( 22 oCos×××++

= 321.033.0575.12109.048.2 ×××−+

= tonne29.1670.1 =

For rivet 2 and 3 = '2816733.034.1233.034.1 22 oCos×××++

= t02.1045.1 =

For rivet 5 and 8 = '338033.0885.0233.0885.0 22 oCos×××++

= t94.08836.0 =

For rivet 6 and 7 = '266333.0326.0233.0326.0 22 oCos×××++

= t558.0311.0 =

For rivet a and 12 = '523633.043.1233.0455.1 22 oCos×××++

= 1.73t

For rivet 10 and 11 = '22 21433.02.1233.02.1 oCos×××++

= 1.524t

Ultimate shear load in rivet is 1.73 tonne

For diameter 20 ultimate allowable load = 2713N2

Total shear load = 2713×12 = 32556 = 3.26 tonne

Reserve factor = 3.26/1.73 = 1.88

Problem 12:

Inter rivet buckling stress at sheet of 1.2mm thickness and aluminium alloy of

BSL165 T6511 buckles with snap head riveting at 15mm pitch, bending moment of section is

24000 N-mm.

Moment of Inertia of section = 800mm4

For material BSL 165 T654

E = 63400 N/mm2

spaterspater

Page 395: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

395

395

0.05% compression proof stress = 304 N/mm2

0.1% compression proof stress = 319 N/mm2

20005.0001.0

' ==R

R

tt

049.1304319

' ==R

R

ff

14)4log()2log(==m

78.2319

63400001.014=

××=

R

R

fFmt

for m = 14,

78.2=R

R

fEmt

From Nomograms 5 92.0=Rn ff

2/48.29332992.0 mmNfn =×=

For snap head rivet

C = 3

49.0634003

48.2932.1

15 21

21

=⎟⎠⎞

⎜⎝⎛

×=⎟

⎠⎞

⎜⎝⎛

CEf

tp n

for m = 14

49.02

1

=⎟⎠⎞

⎜⎝⎛

CEf

tP n

21

1 /93.29529301.1,01.1 mmNfff

Rn

R =×==

Applied ultimate stress = 2/240800

824000 mmN=×

Reserve factor = 295.93/240 = 1.23

spaterspater

Page 396: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

396

396

Problem 13:

A Simple riveted butt joint made up of 12.7 thick main plates and cover plate of

9.5mm thick rivet diameter is 20.6mm pitch of rivet is 76.2mm. The Ultimate stress of material

is 385N/mm2 in tension load acting is 50000N

ft = 385 N/mm2

Shear failure of rivets:

fs = 0.6ft = 0.6*385 = 231

2

4dn

PfosZ××

×=

π25.56

6.204

4

500005.12=

××

×=

π

Reserve factor = 1.425.56

231=

Tensile failure of plate along rivet line: 2/385 mmNft =

( ) ( )6.202.765.92500005.1

−×××

=−×

×=

dPtnPfos

eff

σ

Reserve factor = 4.571

385=

Bearing of Rivet:

7702 =×= tbe ff

2.3836.205.9

500005.1=

××

=bσ

Reserve factor = 22.383

770=

spaterspater

Page 397: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

397

397

10.2 Analysis of Bolted Joints:

The aircraft bolt is used primarily to transfer relatively large loads from one

structural member to other. Bolt threads should not be placed in bearing or shear and bolts

should be used in double or multiple shears if possible in order to increase strength, efficiency in

bolt shear and to decrease bending tendency in bolt.

Methods of failure of single bolt fitting:

As the load on the fitting is transferred from one side of fitting to the other, internal

stresses are produced which tend to cause the fitting to fail in several ways.

1. Failure by bolt shear

2. Failure by bolt bending

3. Failure by lug portion of fitting

10.2.1 Failure by bolt shear:

As the pull P is placed on the fitting, it tends to shear the blot at the sections (1-1),

(2-2). Let P be the ultimate load applied on the bolt.

Applied ultimate load = P in N

Applied allowable load = Pa in N

Reserve factor = Pa/P

For allowable refer

1. ASSSA/AEROFAS/206/190\/002

2. ADA/LCA/050000/137 page numbers 119-122

spaterspater

Page 398: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

398

398

10.2.2 Failure by Bolt Bending:

It is important that sufficient bending strength is provided in bolt to prevent

permanent bending deformation of fitting and bolt under the limit loads, so that bolts can be

readily removed in maintenance operation. Furthermore bolt bending weakness can cause

peaking up of a non uniform bearing pressure on fitting lugs, thus influencing the lug tension and

shear strength. The unknown factor in bolt bending is the true value of the bending moment on

the bolt because the moment arm to the resultant bending force is unknown.

Moment arm δ++= 21 25.05.0 ttb in mm

δ = clearance gap between lugs in mm

δ = 0 if no gap between lugs

Maximum bending moment ⎟⎠⎞

⎜⎝⎛=

2bPM in N-mm

Bending stress =I

MD2

in N/mm2.

Reserve factor = ( )IMDfbt

2

Diameter of the bolt = D in mm

Moment of inertia = I in mm4.

Refer MIL-HDBK-5 for further details

A fitting factor of 1.15 will be used which is standard practise for military aircraft. It is

multiplied with Ultimate applied load. For failure of lug portion refer chapter 3 of this manual.

spaterspater

Page 399: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

399

399

10.3 Analysis of Welded Joints:

Welding plays an important role in joining or connecting structural units in

aircraft. The major structural unit where welding plays an important role are engine mounts,

landing gears and the attachment of plates and machined fitting to such structure. Generally

welds are avoided in sections subjected to tensions, since they produce weakening effect. In

some connection, it is not avoidable. In such case stresses is to be kept low. Standard splices or

joint overlapping will be used. There may be failure due to shear or due to tension depending

upon loading condition.

10.3.1 Shear Failure in Weld:

Applied ultimate load = P in N

Allowable ultimate load effsa LtfP = in N

Reserve factor = Pa/P

Allowable ultimate shear stress = fs.

Length of weld = L in mm

teff = minimum of throat thickness or plate thickness in mm

Allowable stress multiplied by weld efficiency factor of 0.8

spaterspater

Page 400: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

400

400

10.3.2 Tensile failure of weld:

Applied ultimate load = P in N

Allowable ultimate load effta LtfP = in mm

Reserve factor Pa/P

Allowable ultimate tensile stress = ft.

Allowable stress multiplied by weld efficiency factor of 0.8 in welding

For further references Refer

1. MIL-W-6858 and MIL-W-6873.

spaterspater

Page 401: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

401

401

11. COMBINED STRESS THEORIES FOR YIELD AND ULTIMATE FAILURE:

Aircraft structures are subjected to many types of external loadings. The loads

often cause axial bending and shearing stresses acting simultaneously. If the structures are to be

designed satisfactorily, combined stress relationship must be known. Assumption of uniform

stress is made while doing analysis. A failure theory is needed to define onset of failure.

11.1 Determination of Yield Strength of Structural Member Under A Combined Loading:

The flight vehicle structure must carry the limit load without yielding which in

general means the yield strength of the material cannot be exceeded when the structure is

subjected to the limit loads. In some flight vehicle structure part involving compact unit of

pressure vessel, biaxial or triaxial stress conditions are often produced and it is necessary to

determine that any yielding will occur under such combined stress action when carrying the limit

loads. For where no elastic instability occurs the following well-known theories of failure have

been developed.

1. Maximum Shearing Stress Theory.

2. Maximum Strain Theory.

3. Maximum Energy of Distortion Theory.

4. Octahedral Shear Stress Theory.

11.1.1 Maximum Shearing Stress Theory:

Otherwise called as Tresca condition, According to this theory, failure occurs in a

material when Principal stress difference equals uniaxial yield shear stress.

2212221 )()( qffOrqfOrqf pppp =−==

fp1 = Major Principal Stress

fp2 = Minor Principal Stress

( ) 22

1 221

σσσσ+

−+

−= yxyx

pf in N/mm2.

( ) 22

2 221

σσσσ+

−−

−= yxyx

pf in N/mm2.

spaterspater

Page 402: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

402

402

Where

σx = stress in X direction in N/mm2

σy = stress in Y direction in N/mm2

τ = shear stress in N/mm2

11.1.2 Maximum Energy of Distortion Theory:

It is also called Von-Mises Theory. According to this theory failure occurs in a

material Von-Mises stress equals uniaxial yield stress of the material.

fvon = Von-Mises stress in N/mm2.

For Principal Stress in 3-D [ ] [ ] [ ][ ]213

232

2212

1ppppppvon fffffff −+−+−= in N/mm2.

For Principal Stress in 2-D 212

22

1 ppppvon fffff −+= in N/mm2.

For axial stresses and shear stresses

( ) ( ) ( ) ( )[ ]222222 621

zxyzxyxzzyyxvonf τττσσσσσσ +++−+−+−= in N/mm2.

Where

σx, σy, σz = stresses in corresponding X, Y, Z directions in N/mm2.

τxy, τyz, τzx = shear stresses in corresponding XY, YZ, ZX planes in N/mm2.

Reserve Factor = t2/fvon.

11.1.3 Maximum Strain Energy Theory:

Otherwise called as Haigh’s Theory. According to this theory, , the failure occurs

at a point in a member when the strain energy per unit volume in a biaxial system reaches the

limiting strain energy per unit volume as determined by the simple tension test. This Theory is

used for the Ductile Materials.

Strain Energy due to applied load ⎥⎦

⎤⎢⎣

⎡−+=

mff

ffE

U pppp

2122

21

221

Allowable Strain Energy E

tU a 2

22=

Reserve factor = Ua/U.

spaterspater

Page 403: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

403

403

11.1.4 Octahedral Shear Stress Theory:

Also called as Equivalent stress Theory. According to this theory, in an elastic

body failure occurs at a Point when Octahedral Shear Stress is equal to yield tensile strength of

the material.

Octahedral Shear stress for tensile stress ( )32131

pppoct ffff ++=

Reserve factor = t2/foct.

Octahedral shear stress for shear stress ( ) ( ) ( )2132

322

2131

ppppppocts fffffff −+−+−=

Reserve factor = q2/focts.

spaterspater

Page 404: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

404

404

11.2 Determination of Ultimate Strength of a Structural Member Under Combined Load:

Since the structural designer of flight vehicles must ensure that the ultimate load

can be carried by the structure without failure. It is necessary that reliable methods be used to

determine the ultimate strength of a structure. Generally Maximum Principal Stress Theory is

used to determine the onset of failure at ultimate loading conditions.

11.2.1 Maximum Principal Stress Theory:

According to this theory, failure occurs at a point in a member when the

Maximum Principal stress in a biaxial stress system reaches Ultimate Allowable strength of the

material.

22

1 221

σσσσ+⎟⎟

⎞⎜⎜⎝

⎛ −+

+= yxyx

pf in n/mm2.

22

2 221

σσσσ+⎟⎟

⎞⎜⎜⎝

⎛ −−

+= yxyx

pf in n/mm2.

Where σx, σy, are applied ultimate stresses in X and Y directions respectively in N/mm2.

Τ is applied ultimate shear stress in N/mm2.

Reserve factor = 2

221

2

)()(

τσσ

+⎟⎟⎠

⎞⎜⎜⎝

⎛ − yx

s

p

t

p

t fOr

ff

Orff

ft = Allowable ultimate tensile stress in N/mm2.

fs = Allowable Ultimate Shear Stress in N/mm2.

11.3 Problem:

Problem 1:

A load on a bolt consist of axial pull of 10 KN together with a transverse stress

force of 5 KN , diameter of bolt is 15mm permissible tensile stress at elastic limit is 150 N/mm2

= t2

Poisson ratio 1/m = 0.3 2/180 mmNft =

Given:

spaterspater

Page 405: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

405

405

KNPt 10=

KNPs 5=

22 /100 mmNt =

1/m = 0.3

2

2/58.56

154

10000 mmNAPt ===

πσ

2

2/29.28

154

5000 mmNAPS ===

πτ

Principal stress 221 4

21

2τσσ

++=Pf

222 4

21

2τσσ

+−=Pf

( ) ( ) 2221 /93.6229.28458.56

21

258.56 mmNf P =++=

( ) ( ) 2222 /35.629.28458.56

21

258.56 mmNf P −=+−=

Maximum shearing stress theory:

Applied stress according to theory = ( ) 221 /28.6935.693.62 mmNff PP =+=−

Allowable stress = 22 /901506.06.0 mmNt =××

Reserve factor = 3.128.69

90=

Strain Energy Theory:

Strain energy due to applied load U = ⎥⎦⎤

⎢⎣⎡ −

−+m

ffffE

PPPP

2122

21

221

Strain energy due to allowable load Ua = 222

1 tE

Both numerator and denominator ,1/2E is present so we can drop 1/2E

( ) ( ) ( )( )( ) 59.41773.035.693.62235.693.62 22 =+−+=U

1000010020 ==U

spaterspater

Page 406: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

406

406

Reserve factor = 4.559.4177

10000=

Maximum energy of distortion theory:

( ) ( ) 212

22

1 PPPPvon fffff ×−+=

= ( ) ( ) ( )( ) 33.66441035.693.6235.693.62 22 ==++

Allowable stress = 100

Reserve factor = 5.133.66

100=

Octahedral shear stress theory:

Stress due to applied load = ( )32131

PPP fff ++

= ( ) 2/86.1835.693.6231 mmN=−

Allowable stress = 100N/mm2

Reserve factor = 386.18

100>

Principal stress theory:

15000100005.15.11 =×=×== ttUP pPf

750050005.15.1 =×== SSU pP

2

2/88.84

154

15000 mmNA

PtU =⎟⎠⎞

⎜⎝⎛

==π

σ

2

2/44.42

154

7500 mmNA

PSU =⎟⎠⎞

⎜⎝⎛

==π

τ

( ) ( ) 2221 /44.10244.42488.84

21

288.84 mmNf P =++=

Reserve factor = 75.144.102

180=

( ) ( ) 52.1744.42488.8421

288.84 22

2 −=+−=Pf

spaterspater

Page 407: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

407

407

Principal shear stress = ( ) ( ) 222 /6044.42488.8421 mmNf PS =+=

Reserve factor = 8.160

6.0180=

×

Problem 2:

A mild steel shaft of 5cm diameter subjected to a bending moment of 1900000 N-

mm. and torque of 2000000 N-mm. Yield point of steel in tension is 400 N/mm2 and diameter of

shaft is 50mm

Take 1/m = 0.3

D = 50mm

M = 1900000 N-mm

T = 2000000 N-mm

1/m = 0.3

t2 = 400N/mm2

Stress due to bending moment 23 /82.154

50321900000 mmN

ZM

×==

πσ

Shear stress due to torque 233 /5.81

5020000001616 mmN

dT

×==

ππτ

Maximum principal stress

( ) ( ) 2221 /8.1894.11241.775.81482.154

21

282.154 mmNf P =+=++=

( ) ( ) 2222 /354.11241.775.81482.154

21

282.154 mmNf P −=−=+−=

Maximum Shearing Stress theory:

Applied Shearing stress 221 /8.224358.189 mmNff PP =+=−

Allowable Shearing stress = 2/2406.0400 mmN=×

Reserve factor = 06.18.224

240=

Strain Energy theory:

Strain energy due to applied load = ( ) ( ) 84.412343.03582.18923582.189 22 =×××++

spaterspater

Page 408: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

408

408

Strain energy due to allowable load = 160000

Reserve factor = 8.381.41234

160000=

Maximum energy of distribution theory:

Stress due to applied load ( ) ( ) 222 /5.209358.189358.189 mmNfVON =×++=

Allowable stress = 400

Reserve factor = 9.15.209

400=

Octahedral shear stress theory:

Stress due to applied load = ( ) 6.51358.18931

=−

Applied stress = 240

Reserve factor = 240/51.6 >3

spaterspater

Page 409: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

409

409

12. CUTOUTS IN PLANE PANELS:

The aircraft structure is continually faced with requirements for opening up webs

and panels to provide access for other members such as control rods, hydraulic lines, electrical

wire bundles etc pass through. Other cutouts such as windows, doors, service panels, hatches,

bomb bays, inspection access holes etc are provided in fuselage.

Transport and fighter aircraft fuselages contain numerous cutout areas of different

sizes and shapes located in various regions of fuselage body. However cutouts such as those in

large passenger openings, cargo openings, service openings emergency exits windows etc often

occur in regions where high loads must be resisted and there fore additional structure is needed

to carry the loads around the openings. Such openings require strengthening of abutting internal

structure. There are several ways of providing cutouts. Some of them are listed here.

1. Providing suitable framing members around the cutouts.

2. Providing Doubler or bent where framing cannot be done.

3. Providing standard round-flanged holes, which have published allowable.

4. Providing lightning holes having flanges

5. Providing non-circular and non-rectangular cutouts.

12.1 Framing Members Around The Cutouts:

A cutout is shown. The first step is to assume a shear flow equal and opposite to

that of Present shear flow with no cut. Then second is determining corresponding balancing

loads in the framed area. Adding this load system to original one will give the final loads all

shear flows are shown as they act on edge members. (On flanges and stiffeners)

spaterspater

Page 410: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

410

410

A. Considering no cutout:

B. Applying equal and opposite shear flow at the cutout area:

C. Final shear flow distribution:

There is self balancing internal shear flow in area of framing cutout, so no

external reactions outside of the framing area are required, (i.e.) To eliminate the redundancies,

it is usually assumed that the same shear flow exists in panel above and below the cutout area it

is also assumed that shear flows are same in panels to the left and right of the cutout.

Shear flow in the panels above and below the centre panel must statically balance

the force due to the q.

( )( )21

2

HHHqqH +

= in N/mm.

spaterspater

Page 411: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

411

411

Shear flow in the panels to the left and right of the centre panel must statically

balance the force due to the q.

( )( )21

2

LLLqqL +

= in N/mm

Shear flow in the corner panels must also balance the force due to the shear flow

in the panel between them

( )( )31

2

LLLqq HHL +

= in N/mm

Final shear flow in cell sheet is given in diagram C. this is the way changes

always occur in the area formed about the cutout Next is calculate axial loads developed in all of

the framing members due to the cutout. This will add or subtract depending on their direction to

any loads before the cutouts have been made.

At A-A

At E-E

For sheet:

Allowable Ultimate Shear Stress = fs in N/mm2.

Actual Ultimate Shear Stress = tq

=τ in N/mm2.

Reserve Factor = fs/τ

t = thickness of sheet in mm

spaterspater

Page 412: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

412

412

q = shear flow in sheet in N/mm.

In frames or stingers:

Allowable ultimate tensile stress = ft in N/mm2.

Actual ultimate tensile stress σ = P/A in N/mm2.

Reserve factor = ft/σ

A = area of cross section of frame or stinger in mm2.

P = Load at the point considered in N

12.2 Framing Cutouts with Doublers and Bents:

Frequently a cutout in the web of a beam must be so deep that it nearly removes

the entire web. In this case a heavy doubler or bent is provided around the cutout to carry the

shear. It is illustrated in the diagram.

spaterspater

Page 413: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

413

413

The doubler is made to fit around the cutout. Appropriate internal radii are in the

cut web and doubler at corners to keep the stresses due to curved beam bending reasonable. The

loading imposed on doubler is the shear flow q. The doubler should be analysed as frame.

At A-A

Due to shear flow q section A-A experiences Bending, Tensile and Shear stresses.

Bending moment at A due to shear flow42

qhwwVM == in N-mm.

Force in X direction due to shear flow 2

qhVFx == in N.

Force in Y direction due to shear flow 2

qwFy = in N.

Bending:

Actual Ultimate bending stress I

Mybe = in N/mm2.

Allowable Ultimate Bending stress = fbe=ft in n/mm2.

Reserve factor = fbe/be.

Tension:

Ultimate Tensile load 2

qhFx = in N.

Actual Ultimate Tensile Stress AFx=σ in N/mm2.

Allowable Ultimate Tensile Stress = ft in N/mm2.

Reserve factor = ft/σ

spaterspater

Page 414: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

414

414

Shear:

Ultimate Shear Load = Fy in N.

Actual Ultimate Shear Stress AFy=τ in N/mm2.

Allowable Ultimate Shear Stress = fs in N/mm2.

Reserve factor = fs/τ

Where

q = shear flow in the member in N/mm.

w= width of the doubler in mm.

h = height of the doubler in mm.

y = distance of the extreme fibre from neutral axis in mm.

A = cross sectional area in mm2.

I= moment of inertia for the cross section in mm4.

12.3 Ring or Donut Doublers for Round Holes:

Frequently a cutout size requirement is such that a standard round-flanged hole

will provide the needed open space and strength. This is done by providing Donut Doubler.

w = ring width in mm.

R = inner radius of ring in mm.

21wRR += in mm.

spaterspater

Page 415: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

415

415

D = 2R diameter in mm.

q = web shear flow in n/mm.

tr ring thickness in mm

tw = web thickness in mm.

Donut doubler reinforcements are capable of maintaining the original gross area

strength of the web. The data presented here consists of round holes with diameter up to 50% of

the beam depth and ring reinforcements W/D ratios of 0.35 to 0.50. Bending and Tensile stresses

will act at A-A.

At A-A:

Bending stress 213

wtqRRbw

e = in N/mm2.

Tensile stress r

t wtqd

=σ in N/mm2.

Stress Interaction at failure

Applied Ultimate Tensile Stress tbe σσσ +=

Allowable Ultimate Tensile Stress = ft in N/mm2.

Reserve factor = ft/σ

Analysis for Rivets:

Shear flow due to the Ring Doubler = ⎟⎟⎠

⎞⎜⎜⎝

⎛+ wr

r

tttq

8.02 in N/mm.

Load on the rivet max8.02 p

tttqP

wr

rr ⎟⎟

⎞⎜⎜⎝

⎛+

= in N.

Pmax is the maximum pitch in rivet set up in mm.

Actual Ultimate load on rivet due to shear flow = Pr in N.

Allowable Ultimate Load for Rivet = Pa in N.

Reserve Factor = Pa/Pr.

spaterspater

Page 416: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

416

416

12.4 Webs with Lightning Holes Having Flanges:

This is a simple easily formed web. Figure shows various types of flanges

possible and a beam with cross section through web at holes. This type of reinforcement has

advantage when compared to donut doubler type. Since donut doubler provides bending

moments, which have bending stress in reinforcement. By providing flanges bending stresses

can be avoided. Lightning holes with flanges is checked for buckling.

Average Shear Stress at which Plate will buckle2

⎟⎠⎞

⎜⎝⎛=

btKEf s in N/mm2.

Where

K = Elastic Buckling Stress Coefficient.

E = Modulus of Elasticity for Plate Material.

t = Thickness of Plate in mm.

b = width of the plate in mm

Actual shear Stress in the section tqOr

AP )(=τ in N/mm2.

P = Ultimate Applied Load in n.

A = Area of cross Section in N/mm2.

q = Shear flow in the section in N/mm.

t = Thickness of plate in mm.

Reserve Factor = fs/τ.

To find K and for further reference refer ESDU data sheets 75035 and 71005

spaterspater

Page 417: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

417

417

12.5 Structures with Non-Circular and Non-Rectangular Cutouts:

Even though standard circular and rectangular cutouts are available, in order to

keep cutouts size as minimum as possible above shown cutouts are also used in both civil and

military aircraft structures. These types of flanged holes are simple and low cost method for

fabricating access holes. Generally elliptical flanged holes are used in lightly and moderately

loaded rib webs in wing and empennage applications.

Maximum stress in cutout due to applied load ( )thwPKf2

'

−= in N/mm2.

Where

W = width if the plate in mm.

2h = width of the cutout in mm.

t = thickness of sheet in mm.

P = applied load in N.

K’ = stress concentration factor

For the values of K’ and for further reference refer ESDU data sheets 69020, 70005

spaterspater

Page 418: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

418

418

12.6 Cutouts in Fuselage:

Apart from bending and skin shear, fuselage structures are subjected to

Pressurization also. Moreover fuselage structures are curved in nature, which is to be analysed

by a different procedure. Fuselage cutout analysis is important since size of the cutout is large as

compared to cutouts in other structures and magnitude of load acting on these structures is also

high. Since fuselage structures are pressurized it has to check for burst pressure. Thus in an

aircraft load distributions are due to

1. Fuselage skin shear.

2. Fuselage bending.

3. Fuselage cabin pressurization.

Diagram for a large cutout in fuselage in an aircraft with reinforcements is shown below

spaterspater

Page 419: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

419

419

12.6.1 Load Distribution Due to Fuselage Skin shear:

The redistribution of shear flow, which occurs in the vicinity of the cutout due to

the cutout on aircraft fuselage, is self-balancing like as in the case of cutouts in flat panels. The

redistribution occurs in the vicinity of the cutout. It is shown below

A Redistribution of Shear Flow

The shear flows

01 1 qba

hq ⎟⎠⎞

⎜⎝⎛

++=

02 1 qdc

lq ⎟⎠⎞

⎜⎝⎛

++=

03 11 qba

hdc

lq ⎥⎦

⎤⎢⎣

⎡−⎟

⎠⎞

⎜⎝⎛

+⎟⎠⎞

⎜⎝⎛

+−=

Equal and opposite shear flows qa, qb, qc is applied

spaterspater

Page 420: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

420

420

B Variable Shear Flows:

C Final Shear Flow Distribution:

New shear flows

aaa qqq 11 Δ+= , bbb qqq 11 Δ+=

hahaha qqq 22 Δ+= , hbhbhb qqq 22 Δ+=

aaa qqq −Δ= 33 , bbb qqq −Δ= 33

spaterspater

Page 421: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

421

421

Where

bhq

qahq

q cbb

baa =Δ=Δ 11 ,

dclq

q aha +=Δ 2 ,

dclq

q bhb +=Δ 2

ahq

q bhaa

23 =Δ ,

bhq

q chbb

23 =Δ

baahhb +

= , bc hhh −=

Thickness of the sheet = t in mm

Actual Ultimate Shear Stress τ = q/t in N/mm2.

Allowable Ultimate Shear Stress = fs in N/mm2.

Reserve factor = fs/ τ

12.6.2 Load Distribution due to Fuselage Bending:

The cut stringer loads are assumed to be generally diffused in to the main sills

over one frame bay on either side of the cutout as shown in the diagram. This approach results in

somewhat higher panel shear loads and frame axial loads than act5ually occur in practise. If the

spaterspater

Page 422: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

422

422

cut stringer loads are not the same on either side of the cutout, use average stringer loads at the

centre line of the cutout for this method. Stresses formed due to fuselage bending

PL and PU is obtained from moment and force balance

6

55443322

hhPhPhPhP

PL+++

= in N

( ) LU PPPPPP −+++= 5432 in N

Skin shear flows

cP

q Uh =1 in N/mm.

cP

qq hh2

12 −= in N/mm.

cP

qq hh3

23 −= in N/mm.

Where c is the distance between two frames as shown in the diagram.

Actual Ultimate Shear Stress t

qh=τ in N/mm2.

Where t is thickness of the sheet in mm.

Allowable Ultimate Shear Stress = fs in N/mm2.

Reserve Factor = fs/τ.

12.6.3 Load Distribution due to Fuselage Cabin Pressurization:

Due to cabin pressurization Hoop stress and Longitudinal stress will set up in

the fuselage structure due to that both tension loads and stresses will be redistributed in to the

edge frames and main sills.

spaterspater

Page 423: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

423

423

12.6.3.1 Panels above and Below The Cutout:

Hoop tension loads above and below the cutout are redistributed in to edge frames

via shear flows in the panels between main auxiliary sills.

Hoop tension load w = pr in N/mm.

Where,

Applied Pressure = p in N/mm2.

Radius of cross section = in mm.

Shear flow in upper centre panel at the edge frame a

prla

wlqU 22== in N/mm.

Shear flow in the upper panel at the centre of the panel 0=Uq

Shear flow in lower centre panel at the edge frame b

prlb

wlqL 22== in N/mm.

Shear flow in the lower panel at the centre of the panel 0=Lq

Hoop tension load in edge frames 22

prlwlPHT == in N.

Where,

Length of the centre panel = l in mm.

Width of the upper centre panel = a in mm.

Width of the lower centre panel = b in mm.

spaterspater

Page 424: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

424

424

12.6.3.2 Panels at Side of the Cutout:

Longitudinal Tension load 2

' prw = in N/mm.

Shear flow at left side centre panel c

prhchwqF 42

'== in N/mm.

Shear flow in left side centre panel at the centre of the panel 0=Fq .

Shear flow at right side centre panel d

prhdhwqA 42

'== in N/mm.

Shear flow in right side centre panel at the centre of the panel 0=Aq .

Longitudinal loads in main sills d

prhhwPLT 22'

== in N.

Where

Height of side panel = h in mm.

Width of the right side panel = d in mm

Width of the left side panel = c in mm.

12.6.3.3 Corner Panels of the Cutout:

Since load is acting in the cutout, the frames and panels around the cutout will be

stressed. As a result shear flow will be set in the panels. Due to the shear flows in corner panels

there will be increment in the axial load in the frame and sill members. This increment is based

on corner panel fixity. Distribution factors K1 and K2 are used which are based on the constant

moment of inertia of the panels.

Distribution factor at panels above and below the cutout lh

hK+

=1

Distribution factor at panels left and right of the cutout lh

lK+

=2

Shear flow at upper and forward corner panel = qUF in N/mm.

Shear flow at lower and forward corner panel = qLF in N/mm.

Shear flow at upper and aft corner panel = qUA in N/mm.

Shear flow at lower and aft corner panel = qLA in N/mm.

spaterspater

Page 425: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

425

425

Fixed end moment at upper or lower panels 12

2wlMUL = in N-mm.

Fixed end moment at forward or aft panels 12' 2hwM FA = in N-mm.

Shear flow in upper forward corner panel ( )

ac

MMKwl

qFAUL

UF 212 1

2

⎥⎦

⎤⎢⎣

⎡+−

=

12.7 Problem:

Problem 1:

Shown a sheet frame structure the sheet is mode of material BSL 165T6511 and

frame is also of some material. Thickness of sheet is 3mm and cross section of frame is 100

mm2. A cutout is made as shown below. Calculate shear flow and Reserve factor for the setup.

All are Ultimate load.

For BSL 165T6511 2/415 mmNft =

2/249 mmNf s =

Shear flow in cells mmNq /400101010

12000=

++=

For panels 4 and 5

mmNHH

Hqqqq /600

101010400400

21

254 =

++=

++==

spaterspater

Page 426: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

426

426

for panels 2 and 3

mmNLL

Lqqqq /600

151515400400

31

232 =

++=

++==

for panels 1,3,6,8

2

21

248631 /300

151515200400 mmN

LLL

qqqqqq =⎟⎠⎞

⎜⎝⎛

+−=⎟⎟

⎞⎜⎜⎝

⎛+

−====

Axial load at upper cap member

at NA 300001 =

at NB 2400040015300001 =×−=

at NC 1950030015240001 =×−=

at ND 1050060015195001 =×−=

at NE 600090015105001 =×−=

at 04001560001 =×−=F

Axial load at vertical stiffeners

at 01 =B

spaterspater

Page 427: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

427

427

at NB 100010300104002 =×−×=

at NB 10001060010300204003 −=×−×−×=

at 0103001060010300304004 =×−×−×−×=B

at 01 =C

at NC 300010600103002 −=×−×=

at NC 30003000106003 =−×=

at 0106003000103004 =×−+×=C

At sheets:

Maximum shear stress due to applied load 2/203

600 mmNtq

===τ

Allowable shear stress 2/249 mmNf s =

Reserve factor = 249/200 = 1.245

At Frames:

Maximum tensile stress due to applied load 2/300100

30000 mmNAP

===σ

Allowable tensile stress 2/415 mmNft =

Reserve factor = 415/300 = 1.38

spaterspater

Page 428: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

428

428

Problem 2:

Material 2024-T3 clad for both web and ring. Assume the allowable shear flow q

is 133.86 N / mm. Determine the bending stress, tensile stress, shear flow due to the ring

doublers, rivet load and reserve factors. Rivet material HS 1006 of diameter 4mm.

D = 76.2mm, R = 38.1mm

mmNq /50=

mmtt rw 556.3=+

mmtw 016.1=

mmtr 54.2016.1556.3 =−=

mmDw 89.8=

mmw 30=

mmwRR 44.51267.261.38

21 =+=+=

Bending stress

222

1 /5.32130016.1

1.3844.515033mmN

wtqRR

wbe =

××××

==σ

Tensile stress

2/5054.2302.7650 mmN

wtqD

rt =

××

==σ

spaterspater

Page 429: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

429

429

Stress Interaction at failure

Applied Ultimate tensile stress, tbe σσσ +=

= 2/5.371505.321 mmN=+

Allowable ultimate tensile stress = 465 N/mm2

Reserve factor= 252.15.371

465==

σtf

Analysis for rivets

Load on rivet Nptt

tqP

wr

rr 4.113615

016.18.054.254.2502

8.02 max =⎟

⎠⎞

⎜⎝⎛

×+×=⎟⎟

⎞⎜⎜⎝

⎛+

=

Allowable load for HS 1006 for rivet diameter of 4mm and sheet thickness of 1mm is 1974N.

Reserve factor = 1974/1136.4 = 1.74

spaterspater

Page 430: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

430

430

13. TENSION CLIPS:

These are also quite numerous in military airplanes, being used to splice relatively

light tension loads from one member to another. It should be used only when the load is small,

since it has poor fatigue life. It is usually restored to when some structural member such as a

bulkhead, web of flange or fitting cannot be efficiently opened up to let an axially loaded

member pass through. There is an axial tension load to be transferred and since bulkhead cannot

be cut a tension clip arrangement must be shown.

Simple tension clips are used for relatively light loads and are usually seen in three forms

a) Single angles

b) Double angles (back to back)

c) Clips cut from the extruded T-section.

To obtain maximum strength and stiffness bolts should be used for the attachment

purposes. It is noted that for larger clip thickness the bolt may become critical and become to

yield. This is because of “Prying action” on the bolt; Because of the prying action the load on the

bolt is always greater than the applied load.

spaterspater

Page 431: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

431

431

spaterspater

Page 432: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

432

432

spaterspater

Page 433: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

433

433

The applied loading and bending moment diagram are shown in the above figure.

The internal loads are determined by equating rotations at the angle corner and are checked for

both Yield loads and ultimate loads.

At rib leg

11 WtA = In mm2.

12

21

11tAI = in mm4.

At rib foot

fWtA =2 in mm2.

12

2

22ft

AI = in mm4.

Rib foot at bolt

fb tdWA )(2 −= in mm2.

12

2

22f

bb

tAI = in mm4.

13.1 Single Angle:

The single angle is simply supported at the rib attachment

Moment about the angle corner

11221

1

2

12

0

213

21

215.1

ItIItI

ItIPM

f

app

⎟⎟⎠

⎞⎜⎜⎝

⎛⎟⎠⎞

⎜⎝⎛−+⎟⎟

⎞⎜⎜⎝

⎛⎟⎠⎞

⎜⎝⎛−

⎟⎟⎠

⎞⎜⎜⎝

⎛⎟⎠⎞

⎜⎝⎛−

= in N-mm.

13.2 Double Angle:

The double angle is clamped at the rib attachment.

Moment about the angle corner

11221

1

2

12

0

214

21

212

ItIItI

ItIPM

f

app

⎟⎟⎠

⎞⎜⎜⎝

⎛⎟⎠⎞

⎜⎝⎛−+⎟⎟

⎞⎜⎜⎝

⎛⎟⎠⎞

⎜⎝⎛−

⎟⎟⎠

⎞⎜⎜⎝

⎛⎟⎠⎞

⎜⎝⎛−

= in N-mm.

01 21 MM −=

spaterspater

Page 434: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

434

434

Yield allowable leg load is ( )1

0

1

1

2

12/1AP

MI

tf

P

app

pall

+= in N.

Reserve factor =app

all

PP

Ultimate allowable leg load is

1

0

1

1 1)2/1(AP

MI

tfP

app

tuult

+= in N.

Reserve factor = app

ult

PP

Applied load = Papp in N.

Yield allowable foot load is ⎟⎟⎟⎟

⎜⎜⎜⎜

=f

app

f

bpall M

P

t

IfP

21

22 in N

Reserve factor = app

all

PP

Ultimate allowable foot load is ⎟⎟⎟⎟

⎜⎜⎜⎜

=f

app

f

bultall M

P

t

IfP

21

2 in N.

Reserve factor = app

all

PP

The allowable load based on bolt is b

apptuball P

PfdP 2)75.0(

41 π= in N.

Where

3

2

IMPP appb += in N.

Reserve factor = app

all

PP

spaterspater

Page 435: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

435

435

13.3 Problem:

Sectional properties and load applied on an angle cleat is listed below calculate

the proof allowable leg and foot load, ultimate leg and foot load, allowable load on bolt and their

corresponding reserve factors.

The section properties are 2

11 755.230 mmtwA =×=×=

422

111 0625.39

125.275

12mmtAl =

×==

42 180630 mmtwA f =×=×=

422

22 540

126180

12mm

tAl f =

×==

( ) ( ) 42 9.141635.630 mmtdwA fb =×−=×−=

422

22 7.425

1296.141

12mm

tAl fb

b ==×

=

Diameter of nut d0 = 10.57mm

The root moment is

( )( ) ( ) 11221

1

2212

0

2132

12

15.1

ltlltl

ltlPM

f

app

××−+××−

×−×=

( )( ) ( ) Nmm5.4061

1.395.25.020354065.05.361.395.25.02040005.1 2

=××−+×−

××−××=

The proof allowable leg load is

N

APM

l

t

fP

app

pall 9820

751

40005.4061

1.395.25.0

450

121

1

0

1

1

2 =××

×=

+

=

The proof reserve factor for the leg is

Reserve factor = 682.34000

5.19820=

×=

b

all

PP

The ultimate allowable leg load, based on an elastic section is

spaterspater

Page 436: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

436

436

N

APM

l

tf

P

app

tuall 11238

751

40005.4061

1.395.25.0

515

121

1

0

1

1

=+×

×=

+××

=

Using Ph/M = Pappt1/M0(=2.462)and t/h = 0.5, a form factor of k = 1.04 is obtained. The ultimate

allowable leg load, based on a plastic section is

N

PM

l

tK

fP

app

pall 14417

40005.4061

1.395.25.0

04.11

450

21

1 0

1

1

2 =×

××

=

××

×

=

The ultimate reserve factor for the leg is

Reserve factor = Pall / Pb = 11238/4000 = 2.810

The maximum moment in the foot is

( ) 0012 41

21 MddtlPM appf −⎟

⎠⎞

⎜⎝⎛ +−−=

( )( ) Nmm540195.406157.1035.625.05.25.0204000 =−+−×−=

The allowable foot load is

NMP

t

lfP

f

app

f

bltpall 4728

540194000

65.07.425450

21

22 =⎟

⎠⎞

⎜⎝⎛ ×

×=

⎟⎟⎟⎟

⎜⎜⎜⎜

=

The proof reserve factor for the root is

Reserve factor = Pall / Pb = 4728/4000 = 1.773

The ultimate allowable foot load, based on a elastic section is

NMP

t

lfP

f

app

f

btultall 5411

540194000

65.07.425515

21

2 =⎟⎠⎞

⎜⎝⎛ ×

×=

⎟⎟⎟⎟

⎜⎜⎜⎜

=

a form factor of k = 1.4 is applicable. The ultimate allowable foot load, based on a plastic section

is

NMP

t

lfP

f

app

f

bltpall 6620

540194000

65.07.4254.1450

21

4.1 22 =⎟

⎠⎞

⎜⎝⎛ ×

×=

⎟⎟⎟⎟

⎜⎜⎜⎜

=

The ultimate reserve factor for the root is

spaterspater

Page 437: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

437

437

Reserve factor = Pall / Pb = 5411/4000 = 1.353

The moment at the bolt is

( ) 709395.40615.25.020400021

0122 =−×−=−⎟⎠⎞

⎜⎝⎛ −= MtlPM app

The applied bolt load is

Nl

MPP appb 95897.12

7093940003

2 =+=+=

The allowable load based on the bolt is

( ) ( ) NP

PfdP

b

apptuball 8177

95894000110035.675.0

4175.0

41 22 =×××== ππ

The bolt reserve factor (proof and ultimate) is

Reserve factor = Pall / Pb = 8177/4000 = 2.044

spaterspater

Page 438: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

438

438

14. PRE-TENSIONED BOLTS:

Application of pre-tension loads to bolted joints improves bolt fatigue life and

joint stiffness. This is generally achieved by applying torque to bolt – nut combination. The bolt

is put in tension and the contact faces of the structure in compression. Subsequent tensile loading

to the joint will relieve the contact face loads and increase the tensile loading to the bolt. This is

illustrated in the figures given below. The torque applied to a nut to pre – tension a bolt is

absorbed in three ways. Part is used to drive the mating threads up the helix, thus creating tensile

stress in the bolt. The reminder is used to over come the friction between the mating threads and

also to over come the friction between the thrust surfaces under the load.

spaterspater

Page 439: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

439

439

With reference to above figure, the initial preload Pi is the start point for all the

curves associated with the preloaded joint. If the components being jointed do not have a contact

surface then the bolt load will increase with the same magnitude as the applied load - Curve B.

Alternatively if the structure has contact surfaces then the bolt load will increase at the lesser rate

then the applied while the contact surfaces unload - curve C. once the faces have separated the

bolt load will increase at the same rate ac the applied, along the curve D from point A.

Separation is indicated by point A. The compression load on the contact surfaces reduces in

proportion to applied load Curve E.

14.1 Optimum Preload:

The Optimum preload for the bolts subjected to repeated loading is the preload

required such that the tact surfaces of the structure are just at the point of separating under the

maximum applied load, point A in the above figure. This is given by

⎥⎥⎥⎥

⎢⎢⎢⎢

+−=

bb

mmj

i

EAEAL

cPP

1

11

Where

Preload in bolt = Pi in N.

Maximum applied Tension load = Pj in N.

spaterspater

Page 440: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

440

440

Distance between bolt head and nut = L in mm.

Elastic modulus of bolt = Eb in N/mm2.

Elastic modulus of fitting = Em in N/mm2.

Shank area of bolt = Ab in mm2.

Dearing area of bolt head on fitting ( )22

4DBAm −=

π in mm2.

Diameter of the bolt head = B in mm.

Bolt shank diameter = D in mm.

C is shown in figures below

An increase in the preload from the optimum value increases the mean stress on

the bolt. A decrease from the optimum value will increase the alternating stress. In either case

fatigue life will be adversely affected bur more so if alternating stress increases.

spaterspater

Page 441: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

441

441

14.2 Total Bolt Load:

The total tensile load on a bolt including preload and applied tensile load to the joint is

given by the following cases

1. Mating surfaces not in initial contact

2. Mating surfaces in initial contact.

14.2.1 Mating Surfaces Not in Initial Contact:

Refer curve B

Total Tensile Load jib PPP += in N.

Where,

Preload in bolt = Pi in N.

Maximum applied Tension load = Pj in N.

14.2.2 Mating Surfaces in the Initial Contact:

Refer curve B

Maximum value of (a) or (b) to be taken

(a)

⎥⎥⎥⎥

⎢⎢⎢⎢

++=

bb

mmjib

EAEA

Lc

PPP1

in N.

(b) jb PP = in N.

Where

Preload in bolt = Pi in N.

Maximum applied Tension load = Pj in N.

Distance between bolt head and nut = L in mm.

Elastic modulus of bolt = Eb in N/mm2.

Elastic modulus of fitting = Em in N/mm2.

Shank area of bolt = Ab in mm2.

spaterspater

Page 442: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

442

442

Dearing area of bolt head on fitting ( )22

4DBAm −=

π in mm2.

Diameter of the bolt head = B in mm.

Bolt shank diameter = D in mm.

14.3 Preload for a given Wrench Torque:

RTAP r

i

Where,

Wrench torque = T in N-mm.

Root area of the bolt = Ar in mm2.

Wrench Torque ratio = R.

Preload in bolt = Pi in N.

Torque T = R*Initial Tension Stress on Root area in N/mm2.

Pi = Yield Stress * root area * 0.76 for Tension nuts in N.

Pi = Yield Stress * root area * 0.28 for Shear nuts in N.

Refer MIL-S-7742, MIL-S-8879 for further references.

14.4 Bolt Strength Requirements:

1. The Ultimate tension load on the bolt, including the effect of Preload shall not exceed

the Ultimate strength of the bolt.

2. The applied Limit tension load on the bolt, including the effect of the Preload, based

on the thread root area shall not exceed the yield strength of the bolt.

3. The effect of the Shear loading shall be including when evaluating the above points 1

and 2 (Shear is applied on the bolt shank)

4. In calculating reserve factor interactive equations shown should be applied.

spaterspater

Page 443: Aircraft Structures Complete Notes

443

443

14.5 Ultimate Stress Analysis:

Reserve Factor = 22

1

st RR +

Where,

LoadTensionUltimateAllowableLoadTensionUltimateAppliedRt =

LoadShearUltimateAllowableLoadShearUltimateAppliedRs =

When calculating Rs Shear is applied on the bolt shank, this area should be used in

calculating the allowable shear load.

Refer ESDU DATA Sheet 72022 for Tension in Steel Bolts Resulting from Tightening Torque

spaterspater